14 C.F.R. PART 121—OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG, AND SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS
Title 14 - Aeronautics and Space
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 1153, 40101, 40102, 40103, 40113, 41721, 44105, 44106, 44111, 44701–44717, 44722, 44901, 44903, 44904, 44906, 44912, 44914, 44936, 44938, 46103, 46105.
Contrary performance provisions of the Civil Air Regulations notwithstanding, the Administrator may grant performance credit for the use of standby power on transport category airplanes. Such credit shall be applicable only to the maximum certificated take-off and landing weights, and the take-off distance, and the take-off paths, and shall not exceed that found by the Administrator to result in an over-all level of safety in the take-off, approach, and landing regimes of flight equivalent to that prescribed in the regulations under which the airplane was originally certificated without standby power. ( (1) Take-off; general. The take-off data prescribed in sections (2) and (3) shall be determined at all weights and altitudes, and at ambient temperatures if applicable, at which performance credit is to be applied. (2) Take-off path. (a) The one-engine-inoperative take-off path with standby power in use shall be determined in accordance with the performance requirements of the applicable airworthiness regulations. (b) The one-engine-inoperative take-off path (excluding that portion where the airplane is on or just above the take-off surface-determined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall lie above the one/engine-inoperative take-off path without standby power at the maximum take/off weight at which all of the applicable airworthiness requirements are met. For the purpose of this comparison, the flight path shall be considered to extend to at least a height of 400 feet above the take-off surface. (c) The take-off path with all engines operating, but without the use of standby power, shall reflect a conservatively greater over-all level of performance than the one-engine-inoperative take-off path established in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. The aforementioned margin shall be established by the Administrator to insure safe day-to-day operations, but in no case shall it be less than 15 percent. The all-engines-operating take-off path shall be determined by a procedure consistent with that established in complying with paragraph (a) of this section. (d) For reciprocating-engine-powered airplanes, the take-off path to be scheduled in the Airplane Flight Manual shall represent the one-engine-inoperative take-off path determined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section and modified to reflect the procedure (see section (6)) established by the applicant for flap retraction and attainment of the en route speed. The scheduled take-off path shall have a positive slope at all points of the airborne portion and at no point shall it lie above the take-off path specified in paragraph (a) of this section. (3) Take-off distance. The take-off distance shall be the horizontal distance along the one/engine-inoperative take-off to the point where the airplane attains a height of 50 feet above the take-off surface for reciprocating-engine-powered airplanes and a height of 35 feet above the take-off surface for turbine-powered airplanes. (4) Maximum certificated take-off weights. The maximum certificated take-off weights shall be determined at all altitudes, and at ambient temperatures if applicable, at which performance credit is to be applied and shall not exceed the weights established in compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. (a) The conditions of section (2) (b) through (d) shall be met at the maximum certificated take-off weight. (b) Without the use of standby power, the airplane shall meet all of the en route requirements of the applicable airworthiness regulations under which the airplane was originally certificated. In addition, turbine-powered airplanes without the use of standby power shall meet the final take-off climb requirements prescribed in the applicable airworthiness regulations. (5) Maximum certificated landing weights. (a) The maximum certificated landing weights (one-engine/inoperative approach and all-engine/operating landing climb) shall be determined at all altitudes, and at ambient temperatures if applicable, at which performance credit is to be applied and shall not exceed that established in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section. (b) The flight path, with the engines operating at the power and/or thrust appropriate to the airplane configuration and with standby power in use, shall lie above the flight path without standby power in use at the maximum weight at which all of the applicable airworthiness requirements are met. In addition, the flight paths shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b). (i) The flight paths shall be established without changing the appropriate airplane configuration. (ii) The flight paths shall be carried out for a minimum height of 400 feet above the point where standby power is actuated. (6) Airplane configuration, speed, and power and/or thrust; general. Any change in the airplane's configuration, speed, and power and/or thrust shall be made in accordance with the procedures established by the applicant for the operation of the airplane in service and shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section. In addition, procedures shall be established for the execution of balked landings and missed approaches. (a) The Administrator shall find that the procedure can be consistently executed in service by crews of average skill. (b) The procedure shall not involve methods or the use of devices which have not been proven to be safe and reliable. (c) Allowances shall be made for such time delays in the execution of the procedures as may be reasonably expected to occur during service. (7) Installation and operation; standby power. The standby power unit and its installation shall comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. (a) The standby power unit and its installation shall not adversely affect the safety of the airplane. (b) The operation of the standby power unit and its control shall have proven to be safe and reliable. [23 FR 7454, Sept. 25, 1958. Redesignated at 29 FR 19099, Dec. 30, 1964] 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation— (a) A product is an aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller, or appliance; (b) An article is an airframe, powerplant, propeller, instrument, radio, or accessory; and (c) A component is a part of a product or article. 2. General. (a) Contrary provisions of §121.379(b) and §135.437(b) of this chapter notwithstanding, the holder of an air carrier certificate or operating certificate, that operates large aircraft, and that has been issued operations specifications for operations required to be conducted in accordance with 14 CFR part 121 or 135, may perform a major repair on a product as described in §121.379(b) or §135.437(a), using technical data that have not been approved by the Administrator, and approve that product for return to service, if authorized in accordance with this Special Federal Aviation Regulation. (b) [Reserved] (c) Contrary provisions of §145.201(c)(2) notwithstanding, the holder of a repair station certificate under 14 CFR part 145 that is located in the United States may perform a major repair on an article for which it is rated using technical data not approved by the FAA and approve that article for return to service, if authorized in accordance with this Special Federal Aviation Regulation. If the certificate holder holds a rating limited to a component of a product or article, the holder may not, by virtue of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation, approve that product or article for return to service. 3. Major Repair Data and Return to Service. (a) As referenced in section 2 of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation, a certificate holder may perform a major repair on a product or article using technical data that have not been approved by the Administrator, and approve that product or article for return to service, if the certificate holder— (1) Has been issued an authorization under, and a procedures manual that complies with, Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 36–8, effective on January 23, 2004; (2) Has developed the technical data in accordance with the procedures manual; (3) Has developed the technical data specifically for the product or article being repaired; and (4) Has accomplished the repair in accordance with the procedures manual and the procedures approved by the Administrator for the certificate. (b) For purposes of this section, an authorization holder may develop technical data to perform a major repair on a product or article and use that data to repair a subsequent product or article of the same type as long as the holder— (1) Evaluates each subsequent repair and the technical data to determine that performing the subsequent repair with the same data will return the product or article to its original or properly altered condition, and that the repaired product or article conforms with applicable airworthiness requirements; and (2) Records each evaluation in the records referenced in paragraph (a) of section 13 of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation. 4. Application. The applicant for an authorization under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation must submit an application before November 14, 2006, in writing, and signed by an officer of the applicant, to the certificate holding district office charged with the overall inspection of the applicant's operations under its certificate. The application must contain— (a) If the applicant is (1) The holder of an air carrier operating or commercial operating certificate, or the holder of an air taxi operating certificate that operates large aircraft, the— (i) The applicant's certificate number; and (ii) The specific product(s) the applicant is authorized to maintain under its certificate, operations specifications, and maintenance manual; or (2) The holder of a domestic repair station certificate— (i) The applicant's certificate number; (ii) A copy of the applicant's operations specifications; and (iii) The specific article(s) for which the applicant is rated; (b) The name, signature, and title of each person for whom authorization to approve, on behalf of the authorization holder, the use of technical data for major repairs is requested; and (c) The qualifications of the applicant's staff that show compliance with section 5 of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation. 5. Eligibility. (a) To be eligible for an authorization under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation, the applicant, in addition to having the authority to repair products or articles must— (1) Hold an air carrier certificate or operating certificate, operate large aircraft, and have been issued operations specifications for operations required to be conducted in accordance with 14 CFR part 121 or 135, or hold a domestic repair station certificate under 14 CFR part 145; (2) Have an adequate number of sufficiently trained personnel in the United States to develop data and repair the products that the applicant is authorized to maintain under its operating certificate or the articles for which it is rated under its domestic repair station certificate; (3) Employ, or have available, a staff of engineering personnel that can determine compliance with the applicable airworthiness requirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations. (b) At least one member of the staff required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section must— (1) Have a thorough working knowledge of the applicable requirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations; (2) Occupy a position on the applicant's staff that has the authority to establish a repair program that ensures that each repaired product or article meets the applicable requirements of the Federal Aviation Regulations; (3) Have at least one year of satisfactory experience in processing engineering work, in direct contact with the FAA, for type certification or major repair projects; and (4) Have at least eight years of aeronautical engineering experience (which may include the one year of experience in processing engineering work for type certification or major repair projects). (c) The holder of an authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation shall notify the Administrator within 48 hours of any change (including a change of personnel) that could affect the ability of the holder to meet the requirements of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation. 6. Procedures Manual. (a) A certificate holder may not approve a product or article for return to service under section 2 of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation unless the holder— (1) Has a procedures manual that has been approved by the Administrator as complying with paragraph (b) of this section; and (2) Complies with the procedures contained in this procedures manual. (b) The approved procedures manual must contain— (1) The procedures for developing and determining the adequacy of technical data for major repairs; (2) The identification (names, signatures, and responsibilities) of officials and of each staff member described in section 5 of this Special Federal Aviation Regulation who— (i) Has the authority to make changes in procedures that require a revision to the procedures manual; and (ii) Prepares or determines the adequacy of technical data, plans or conducts tests, and approves, on behalf of the authorization holder, test results; and (3) A “log of revisions” page that identifies each revised item, page, and date of revision, and contains the signature of the person approving the change for the Administrator. (c) The holder of an authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation may not approve a product or article for return to service after a change in staff necessary to meet the requirements of section 5 of this regulation or a change in procedures from those approved under paragraph (a) of this section, unless that change has been approved by the FAA and entered in the procedures manual. 7. Duration of Authorization. Each authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation is effective from the date of issuance until, November 14, 2009, unless it is earlier surrendered, suspended, revoked or otherwise terminated. Upon termination of such authorization, the terminated authorization holder must: (a) Surrender to the FAA all data developed pursuant to Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 36; or (b) Maintain indefinitely all data developed pursuant to Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 36, and make that data available to the FAA for inspection upon request. 8. Transferability. An authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation is not transferable. 9. Inspections. Each holder of an authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation and each applicant for an authorization must allow the Administrator to inspect its personnel, facilities, products and articles, and records upon request. 10. Limits of Applicability. An authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation applies only to— (a) A product that the air carrier, commercial, or air taxi operating certificate holder is authorized to maintain pursuant to its continuous airworthiness maintenance program or maintenance manual; or (b) An article for which the domestic repair station certificate holder is rated. If the certificate holder is rated for a component of an article, the holder may not, in accordance with this Special Federal Aviation Regulation, approve that article for return to service. 11. Additional Authorization Limitations. Each hold of an authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation must comply with any additional limitations prescribed by the Administrator and made a part of the authorization. 12. Data Review and Service Experience. If the Administrator finds that a product or article has been approved for return to service after a major repair has been performed under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation, that the product or article may not conform to the applicable airworthiness requirements or that an unsafe feature or characteristic of the product or article may exist, and that the nonconformance or unsafe feature or characteristic may be attributed to the repair performed, the holder of the authorization, upon notification by the Administrator, shall— (a) Investigate the matter; (b) Report to the Administrator the results of the investigation and any action proposed or taken; and (c) If notified that an unsafe condition exists, provide within the time period stated by the Administrator, the information necessary for the FAA to issue an airworthiness directive under part 39 of the Federal Aviation Regulations. 13. Current Records. Each holder of an authorization issued under this Special Federal Aviation Regulation shall maintain, at its facility, current records containing— (a) For each product or article for which it has developed and used major repair data, a technical data file that includes all data and amendments thereto (including drawings, photographs, specifications, instructions, and reports) necessary to accomplish the major repair; (b) A list of products or articles by make, model, manufacturer's serial number (including specific part numbers and serial numbers of components) and, if applicable, FAA Technical Standard Order (TSO) or Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA) identification, that have been repaired under the authorization; and (c) A file of information from all available sources on difficulties experienced with products and articles repaired under the authorization. This Special Federal Aviation Regulation terminates November 14, 2009. [SFAR 36–6, 59 FR 3940, Jan. 27, 1994, as amended by Amdt. SFAR 36–7, 64 FR 960, Jan. 6, 1999; Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001; Amdt. SFAR 36–8, 68 FR 65378, Nov. 19, 2003; Amdt. 121–311, 70 FR 59946, Oct. 13, 2005] Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 50–2, see part 91 of this chapter.
Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 71, see part 91 of this chapter.
Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 78, see part 91 of this chapter.
1. Applicability. This Special Federal Aviation Regulation applies to each holder of an air carrier or operating certificate (hereafter, certificate holder) that meets one of the following eligibility requirements: a. The certificate holder conducts scheduled operations with airplanes having a passenger-seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer, excluding each crewmember seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less under part 121 of this chapter. b. The certificate holder conducts domestic operations in Alaska under part 121 of this chapter. 2. Alternative requirements. a. If an operator described in paragraph 1.a. of this SFAR is conducting a flight with an airplane described in 1.a. and if communications cannot be maintained over the entire route (which would be contrary to the requirements of §121.99 of this chapter), such an operator may continue to operate over such a route subject to approval by the Administrator. In granting such approval the Administrator considers the following: i. The operator has an established dispatch communication system. ii. Gaps in communication are not over the entire route, but only over portions of the route. iii. When communication gaps occur, they occur due to one or more of the following: A. Lack of infrastructure. B. Geographical considerations. C. Assigned operating altitude. iv. Procedures are established for the prompt re-establishment of communications. v. The operator has presented a plan or schedule for coming into compliance with the requirements in §121.99 of this chapter. b. A certificate holder who conducts domestic operations in Alaska may, notwithstanding the requirements of §121.99 of this chapter, use a communications system operated by the United States for those operations. c. An operator described in paragraph 1.a. of this SFAR who conducts operations in Alaska may share the aircraft dispatcher required by §121.395 with another operator described in paragraph 1.a. of this SFAR who conducts operations in Alaska if authorized to do so by the Administrator. Before granting such an authorization, the Administrator considers: i. The operators' joint plans for complying with the aircraft dispatcher training rules in subpart N of part 121 of this chapter and the aircraft dispatcher qualification and duty time limitation rules in subpart P of part 121 of this chapter. ii. The number of flights for which the aircraft dispatcher would be responsible. iii. Whether the responsibilities of the dispatcher would be beyond the capability of a single dispatcher. 3. Expiration. This Special Federal Aviation Regulation terminates on March 12, 2001, unless sooner terminated. [SFAR–80, 62 FR 13255, Mar. 19, 1997; 62 FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997] 1. Applicability. This Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) applies to all operators that hold an air carrier certificate or operating certificate issued under 14 CFR part 119 and that conduct operations under this part 121 and to operators of U.S. registered transport category airplanes operated under 14 CFR part 129, except paragraph 5 of this SFAR does not apply to cargo operations and 14 CFR part 129 operations. It applies to the operators specified in this SFAR that modify airplanes to improve the flightcrew compartment door installations to restrict the unwanted entry of persons into the flightcrew compartment. This SFAR also applies to production certificate holders and applicants for airworthiness certificates for airplanes to be operated by operators specified in this SFAR, and producers of parts to be used in modifications of such airplanes. 2. Regulatory Relief. Contrary provisions of this part 21, and §§121.313(h), 121.153(a)(2), 121.153(c), 121.379(b), 121.583(b)(1) and (2) and 14 CFR 129.13 notwithstanding: (a) An operator may operate airplanes modified to improve the flightcrew compartment door installations to restrict the unauthorized entry of persons into the flightcrew compartment without regard to the applicable airworthiness requirements and may modify those airplanes for that purpose, using technical data not previously approved by the Administrator, subject to the following conditions: (i) Not later than February 15, 2002, submit to the Director, Aircraft Certification Service, a detailed description of the changes to the airplane that have been accomplished before that date to enhance the intrusion resistance of the flightcrew compartment including identification of what major alterations have been done without previously approved data. (ii) If, upon reviewing the data submitted in paragraph 2(a)(i) of this SFAR, the Administrator determines that a door modification presents an unacceptable safety risk, the FAA may issue an order requiring changes to such modifications. (b) An applicant for an airworthiness certificate may obtain such a certificate for modified airplanes to be operated by operators described in this SFAR. (c) A holder of a production certificate may submit for airworthiness certification or approval, modified airplanes to be operated by operators described in this SFAR. (d) A person may produce parts for installation on airplanes in connection with modifications described in this SFAR, without FAA parts manufacturer approval (PMA). 3. Report of Modifications. Not later than April 22, 2002, all operators who are required to install flightdeck door modifications in accordance with 14 CFR 121.313(j) must submit a report to the Director, Aircraft Certification Service. The report must describe the modifications to be made and provide a schedule for the changes necessary to restore compliance with all applicable airworthiness requirements and to meet the requirements of 14 CFR 121.313(j). The schedule may not extend beyond the termination date of this SFAR. 4. Return to Service Documentation. Where operators have modified airplanes as authorized in this SFAR, the affected airplane must be returned to service with a note that it was done under the provisions of this SFAR. 5. Provision for Flightdeck Door Compartment Key. Contrary to provisions of §121.313(g), the following provision applies: A key for each door that separates a passenger compartment from an emergency exit must be identified to passengers in the briefing required by §121.571(a)(1)(ii). The key required for access to the emergency exit must be readily available for each crewmember. No key to the flightcrew compartment shall be available to any crewmember during flight, except for flight crewmembers, unless an internal flightdeck locking device such as a deadbolt or bar is installed, operative, and in use. 6. Door Modification Requirement. After March 1, 2002, for each airplane required under §121.313(f) to have a door between the passenger and pilot compartments, and for transport category all-cargo airplanes that have a door installed between the pilot compartment and any other occupied compartment on or after January 15, 2002, such door must be equipped with an internal locking device installed, operative, and in use. Such internal locking device has to be designed so that it can only be unlocked from inside the flightdeck. 7. Termination. For all-cargo transport category airplanes, this SFAR terminates on October 1, 2003. For passenger airplanes, this SFAR expires on April 9, 2003, except for airplanes meeting the criteria specified in paragraphs 7.a, b, and c, below. For airplanes meeting these criteria, this SFAR expires on July 31, 2003. a. Before midnight April 9, 2003, the operator must have installed a strengthened flightdeck door meeting the requirement of paragraph 7.b; b. Before midnight April 9, 2003, the FAA must have found that the door complies with 14 CFR 25.795(a)(1) and (2) in effect on January 15, 2002; and c. Before March 10, 2003, a formal application for certification approval of the door must have been submitted to the FAA. [Doc. FAA–2001–10770, 68 FR 17516, Apr. 9, 2003] Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 93, see part 61 of this chapter.
Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 97, see part 91 of this chapter.
Section 1. Applicability—This rule prescribes special operating rules for the use of portable oxygen concentrator units on board civil aircraft. This rule applies to both the aircraft operator and the passenger using the portable oxygen concentrator on board the aircraft. Section 2. Definitions—For the purposes of this SFAR the following definitions apply: Portable Oxygen Concentrator: means the AirSep Lifestyle or Inogen One Portable Oxygen Concentrator medical device units as long as those medical devices units: (1) Do not contain hazardous materials as determined by the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration; (2) are also regulated by the Food and Drug Administration; (3) provide oxygen therapy through pulse technology; and (4) assist a user of medical oxygen under a doctor's care. These units perform by separating oxygen from nitrogen and other gases contained in ambient air and dispensing it in concentrated form to the user. Section 3. Operating requirements— (a) No person may use and no aircraft operator may allow the use of any portable oxygen concentrator device, except the AirSep LifeStyle Portable Oxygen Concentrator and Inogen One Portable Oxygen Concentrator units. These units may be carried on and used by a passenger on board an aircraft provided the aircraft operator ensures that the following conditions are satisfied: (1) The device does not cause interference with the electrical, navigation or communication equipment on the aircraft on which the device is to be used; (2) No smoking or open flame is permitted within 10 feet of any seat row where a person is using a portable oxygen concentrator. (3) During movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing, the unit must: (i) Either be stowed under the seat in front of the user, or in another approved stowage location, so that it does not block the aisle way or the entryway into the row; or (ii) If it is to be operated by the user, be used only at a seat location that does not restrict any passenger's access to, or use of, any required emergency or regular exit, or the aisle(s) in the passenger compartment; (4) No person using a portable oxygen concentrator is permitted to sit in an exit row; (5) The pilot in command must be apprised whenever a passenger brings and intends to use a portable oxygen concentrator on board the aircraft and the pilot in command must be informed about the contents of the physician's written statement (as required in Section 3(b)(3) of this SFAR), including the magnitude and nature of the passenger's oxygen needs. (6) Whenever the pilot in command turns off the “Fasten Seat Belt” sign, or otherwise signifies that permission is granted to move about the passenger cabin, passengers operating their portable oxygen concentrator may continue to operate it while moving about the cabin. (b) The user of the portable oxygen concentrator must comply with the following conditions to use the device on board the aircraft: (1) The user must be capable of hearing the unit's alarms, seeing the alarm light indicators, and have the cognitive ability to take the appropriate action in response to the various caution and warning alarms and alarm light indicators, or be travelling with someone who is capable of performing those functions; (2) The user must ensure that the portable oxygen concentrator is free of oil, grease or other petroleum products and is in good condition free from damage or other signs of excessive wear or abuse; (3) The user must inform the aircraft operator that he or she intends to use a portable oxygen concentrator on board the aircraft and must allow the crew of the aircraft to review the contents of the physician's statement. The user must have a written statement, to be kept in that person's possession, signed by a licensed physician that: (i) States whether the user of the device has the physical and cognitive ability to see, hear, and understand the device's aural and visual cautions and warnings and is able, without assistance, to take the appropriate action in response to those cautions and warnings; (ii) States whether or not oxygen use is medically necessary for all or a portion of the duration of the trip; and (iii) Specifies the maximum oxygen flow rate corresponding to the pressure in the cabin of the aircraft under normal operating conditions. (4) Only lotions or salves that are oxygen approved may be used by persons using the portable oxygen concentrator device; (5) The user, whose physician statement specifies the duration of oxygen use, must obtain from the aircraft operator, or by other means, the duration of the planned flight. The user must carry on the flight a sufficient number of batteries to power the device for the duration of the oxygen use specified in the user's physician statement, including a conservative estimate of any unanticipated delays; and (6) The user must ensure that all portable oxygen concentrator batteries carried onboard the aircraft in carry-on baggage are protected from short circuit and are packaged in a manner that protects them from physical damage. Batteries protected from short circuit include: (1) Those designed with recessed battery terminals; or (2) those packaged so that the battery terminals do not contact metal objects (including the battery terminals of other batteries). When a battery-powered oxygen concentrator is carried onboard aircraft as carry-on baggage and is not intended to be used during the flight, the battery must be removed and packaged separately unless the concentrator contains at least two effective protective features to prevent accidental operation during transport. Section 4. Expiration Date—This SFAR No. 106 will remain in effect until further notice. [Doc. FAA–2004–18596, 70 FR 40164, July 12, 2005] This part prescribes rules governing— (a) The domestic, flag, and supplemental operations of each person who holds or is required to hold an Air Carrier Certificate or Operating Certificate under part 119 of this chapter. (b) Each person employed or used by a certificate holder conducting operations under this part including maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration of aircraft. (c) Each person who applies for provisional approval of an Advanced Qualification Program curriculum, curriculum segment, or portion of a curriculum segment under SFAR No. 58 of 14 CFR part 121, and each person employed or used by an air carrier or commercial operator under this part to perform training, qualification, or evaluation functions under an Advanced Qualification Program under SFAR No. 58 of 14 CFR part 121. (d) Nonstop sightseeing flights conducted with airplanes having a passenger-seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer and a maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less that begin and end at the same airport, and are conducted within a 25 statute mile radius of that airport; however, except for operations subject to SFAR 50–2 of 14 CFR part 121, these operations, when conducted for compensation or hire, must comply only with §§121.455 and 121.457, except that an operator who does not hold an air carrier certificate or an operating certificate is permitted to use a person who is otherwise authorized to perform aircraft maintenance or preventive maintenance duties and who is not subject to FAA-approved anti-drug and alcohol misuse prevention programs to perform— (1) Aircraft maintenance or preventive maintenance on the operator's aircraft if the operator would otherwise be required to transport the aircraft more than 50 nautical miles further than the repair point closest to the operator's principal base of operations to obtain these services; or (2) Emergency repairs on the operator's aircraft if the aircraft cannot be safely operated to a location where an employee subject to FAA-approved programs can perform the repairs. (e) Each person who is on board an aircraft being operated under this part. (f) Each person who is an applicant for an Air Carrier Certificate or an Operating Certificate under part 119 of this chapter, when conducting proving tests. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Applicability. This section applies to the following: (1) Each certificate holder that was issued an air carrier or operating certificate and operations specifications under the requirements of part 135 of this chapter or under SFAR No. 38–2 of 14 CFR part 121 before January 19, 1996, and that conducts scheduled passenger-carrying operations with: (i) Nontransport category turbopropeller powered airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, that have a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 seats; (ii) Transport category turbopropeller powered airplanes that have a passenger seat configuration of 20–30 seats; or (iii) Turbojet engine powered airplanes having a passenger seat configuration of 1–30 seats. (2) Each person who, after January 19, 1996, applies for or obtains an initial air carrier or operating certificate and operations specifications to conduct scheduled passenger-carrying operations in the kinds of airplanes described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), or paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section. (b) Obtaining operations specifications. A certificate holder described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section may not, after March 20, 1997, operate an airplane described in paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), or (a)(1)(iii) of this section in scheduled passenger-carrying operations, unless it obtains operations specifications to conduct its scheduled operations under this part on or before March 20, 1997. (c) Regular or accelerated compliance. Except as provided in paragraphs (d), (e), and (i) of this section, each certificate holder described in paragraphs (a)(1) of this section shall comply with each applicable requirement of this part on and after March 20, 1997 or on and after the date on which the certificate holder is issued operations specifications under this part, whichever occurs first. Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, each person described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall comply with each applicable requirement of this part on and after the date on which that person is issued a certificate and operations specifications under this part. (d) Delayed compliance dates. Unless paragraph (e) of this section specifies an earlier compliance date, no certificate holder that is covered by paragraph (a) of this section may operate an airplane in 14 CFR part 121 operations on or after a date listed in this paragraph (d) unless that airplane meets the applicable requirement of this paragraph (d): (1) Nontransport category turbopropeller powered airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, that have a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 seats. No certificate holder may operate under this part an airplane that is described in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section on or after a date listed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section unless that airplane meets the applicable requirement listed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section: (i) December 20, 1997: (A) Section 121.289, Landing gear aural warning. (B) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire protection. (C) Section 121.310(e), Emergency exit handle illumination. (D) Section 121.337(b)(8), Protective breathing equipment. (E) Section 121.340, Emergency flotation means. (ii) December 20, 1999: Section 121.342, Pitot heat indication system. (iii) December 20, 2010: (A) For airplanes described in §121.157(f), the Airplane Performance Operating Limitations in §§121.189 through 121.197. (B) Section 121.161(b), Ditching approval. (C) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude indicator. (D) Section 121.312(c), Passenger seat cushion flammability. (iv) March 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit locating sign. (2) Transport category turbopropeller powered airplanes that have a passenger seat configuration of 20–30 seats. No certificate holder may operate under this part an airplane that is described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section on or after a date listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section unless that airplane meets the applicable requirement listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section: (i) December 20, 1997: (A) Section 121.308, Lavatory fire protection. (B) Section 121.337(b) (8) and (9), Protective breathing equipment. (C) Section 121.340, Emergency flotation means. (ii) December 20, 2010: §121.305(j), third attitude indicator. (e) Newly manufactured airplanes. No certificate holder that is described in paragraph (a) of this section may operate under this part an airplane manufactured on or after a date listed in this paragraph unless that airplane meets the applicable requirement listed in this paragraph (e). (1) For nontransport category turbopropeller powered airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, that have a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 seats: (i) Manufactured on or after March 20, 1997: (A) Section 121.305(j), Third attitude indicator. (B) Section 121.311(f), Safety belts and shoulder harnesses. (ii) Manufactured on or after December 20, 1997; Section 121.317(a), Fasten seat belt light. (iii) Manufactured on or after December 20, 1999: Section 121.293, Takeoff warning system. (iv) Manufactured on or after March 12, 1999: Section 121.310(b)(1), Interior emergency exit locating sign. (2) For transport category turbopropeller powered airplanes that have a passenger seat configuration of 20–30 seats manufactured on or after March 20, 1997: Section 121.305(j), Third attitude indicator. (f) New type certification requirements. No person may operate an airplane for which the application for a type certificate was filed after March 29, 1995, in 14 CFR part 121 operations unless that airplane is type certificated under part 25 of this chapter. (g) Transition plan. Before March 19, 1996 each certificate holder described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must submit to the FAA a transition plan (containing a calendar of events) for moving from conducting its scheduled operations under the commuter requirements of part 135 of this chapter to the requirements for domestic or flag operations under this part. Each transition plan must contain details on the following: (1) Plans for obtaining new operations specifications authorizing domestic or flag operations; (2) Plans for being in compliance with the applicable requirements of this part on or before March 20, 1997; and (3) Plans for complying with the compliance date schedules contained in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. (h) Continuing requirements. A certificate holder described in paragraph (a) of this section shall comply with the applicable airplane operating and equipment requirements of part 135 of this chapter for the airplanes described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, until the airplane meets the specific compliance dates in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section. (i) Delayed pilot age limitation. (1) Notwithstanding §121.383(c), and except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, a certificate holder may use the services of a person as a pilot in operations covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section after that person has reached his or her 60th birthday, until December 20, 1999. Notwithstanding §121.383(c), and except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, a person may serve as a pilot in operations covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section after that person has reached his or her 60th birthday, until December 20, 1999. (2) This paragraph applies only to persons who were employed as pilots by a certificate holder in operations covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section on March 20, 1997. (j) Any training or qualification obtained by a crewmember under part 135 of this chapter before March 20, 1997, is entitled to credit under this part for the purpose of meeting the requirements of this part, as determined by the Administrator. Records kept by a certificate holder under part 135 of this chapter before March 20, 1997, can be annotated, with the approval of the Administrator, to reflect crewmember training and qualification credited toward part 121 requirements. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65925, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2609, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] The rules in this part which refer to a person certificated under part 119 of this chapter apply also to any person who engages in an operation governed by this part without the appropriate certificate and operations specifications required by part 119 of this chapter. [Doc. No. 11675, 37 FR 20937, Oct. 5, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] Each certificate holder shall, while operating an airplane within a foreign country, comply with the air traffic rules of the country concerned and the local airport rules, except where any rule of this part is more restrictive and may be followed without violating the rules of that country. [Doc. No. 16383, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] If a certificate holder operating under this part permits any aircraft owned or leased by that holder to be engaged in any operation that the certificate holder knows to be in violation of §91.19(a) of this chapter, that operation is a basis for suspending or revoking the certificate. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes rules for obtaining approval of routes by certificate holders conducting domestic or flag operations. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations seeking a route approval must show— (1) That it is able to conduct satisfactorily scheduled operations between each regular, provisional, and refueling airport over that route or route segment; and (2) That the facilities and services required by §§121.97 through 121.107 are available and adequate for the proposed operation. The Administrator approves a route outside of controlled airspace if he determines that traffic density is such that an adequate level of safety can be assured. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not require actual flight over a route or route segment if the certificate holder shows that the flight is not essential to safety, considering the availability and adequacy of airports, lighting, maintenance, communication, navigation, fueling, ground, and airplane radio facilities, and the ability of the personnel to be used in the proposed operation. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, 1965; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Approved routes and route segments over U.S. Federal airways or foreign airways (and advisory routes in the case of certificate holders conducting flag operations) have a width equal to the designated width of those airways or routes. Whenever the Administrator finds it necessary to determine the width of other approved routes, he considers the following: (1) Terrain clearance. (2) Minimum en route altitudes. (3) Ground and airborne navigation aids. (4) Air traffic density. (5) ATC procedures. (b) Any route widths of other approved routes determined by the Administrator are specified in the certificate holder's operations specifications. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that each route it submits for approval has enough airports that are properly equipped and adequate for the proposed operation, considering such items as size, surface, obstructions, facilities, public protection, lighting, navigational and communications aids, and ATC. (b) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that it has an approved system for obtaining, maintaining, and distributing to appropriate personnel current aeronautical data for each airport it uses to ensure a safe operation at that airport. The aeronautical data must include the following: (1) Airports. (i) Facilities. (ii) Public protection. (iii) Navigational and communications aids. (iv) Construction affecting takeoff, landing, or ground operations. (v) Air traffic facilities. (2) Runways, clearways and stopways. (i) Dimensions. (ii) Surface. (iii) Marking and lighting systems. (iv) Elevation and gradient. (3) Displaced thresholds. (i) Location. (ii) Dimensions. (iii) Takeoff or landing or both. (4) Obstacles. (i) Those affecting takeoff and landing performance computations in accordance with Subpart I of this part. (ii) Controlling obstacles. (5) Instrument flight procedures. (i) Departure procedure. (ii) Approach procedure. (iii) Missed approach procedure. (6) Special information. (i) Runway visual range measurement equipment. (ii) Prevailing winds under low visibility conditions. (c) If the certificate-holding district office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder's operations finds that revisions are necessary for the continued adequacy of the certificate holder's system for collection, dissemination, and usage of aeronautical data that has been granted approval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the certificate-holding district office, make those revisions in the system. Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives such notice, the certificate holder may file a petition to reconsider the notice with the Director, Flight Standards Service. This filing of a petition to reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Director, Flight Standards Service. However, if the certificate-holding district office finds that there is an emergency that requires immediate action in the interest of safety in air transportation, the Director, Flight Standards Service may, upon statement of the reasons, require a change effective without stay. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that a two-way radio communication system or other means of communication approved by the Administrator is available at points that will ensure reliable and rapid communications, under normal operating conditions over the entire route (either direct or via approved point-to-point circuits) between each airplane and the appropriate dispatch office, and between each airplane and the appropriate air traffic control unit, except as specified as §121.351(c). (b) For the following types of operations, the communications systems between each airplane and the dispatch office must be independent of any system operated by the United States: (1) All domestic operations; (2) Flag operations in the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia; and (3) After March 12, 2001, flag operations outside the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia. [Doc. No. 28154, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] (a) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that enough weather reporting services are available along each route to ensure weather reports and forecasts necessary for the operation. (b) Except as provided in pararaph (d) of this section, no certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations may use any weather report to control flight unless— (1) For operations within the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, it was prepared by the U.S. National Weather Service or a source approved by the U.S. National Weather Service; or (2) For operations conducted outside the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, it was prepared by a source approved by the Administrator. (c) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations that uses forecasts to control flight movements shall use forecasts prepared from weather reports specified in paragraph (b) of this section and from any source approved under its system adopted pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section. (d) Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations shall adopt and put into use an approved system for obtaining forecasts and reports of adverse weather phenomena, such as clear air turbulence, thunderstorms, and low altitude wind shear, that may affect safety of flight on each route to be flown and at each airport to be used. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–27, 36 FR 13911, July 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–134, 42 FR 27573, May 31, 1977; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show, for each proposed route, that nonvisual ground aids are— (1) Available over the route for navigating aircraft within the degree of accuracy required for ATC; and (2) Located to allow navigation to any regular, provisional, refueling, or alternate airport, within the degree of accuracy necessary for the operation involved. Except for those aids required for routes to alternate airports, nonvisual ground aids required for approval of routes outside of controlled airspace are listed in the certificate holder's operations specifications. (b) Nonvisual ground aids are not required for— (1) Day VFR operations that the certificate holder shows can be conducted safely by pilotage because of the characteristics of the terrain; (2) Night VFR operations on routes that the certificate holder shows have reliably lighted landmarks adequate for safe operation; and (3) Operations on route segments where the use of celestial or other specialized means of navigation is approved by the Administrator. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19194, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that competent personnel and adequate facilities and equipment (including spare parts, supplies, and materials) are available at such points along the certificate holder's route as are necessary for the proper servicing, maintenance, and preventive maintenance of airplanes and auxiliary equipment. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations must show that it has enough dispatch centers, adequate for the operations to be conducted, that are located at points necessary to ensure proper operational control of each flight. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes rules for obtaining approval of areas and routes by certificate holders conducting supplemental operations. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations seeking route and area approval must show— (1) That it is able to conduct operations within the United States in accordance with paragraphs (a) (3) and (4) of this section; (2) That it is able to conduct operations in accordance with the applicable requirements for each area outside the United States for which authorization is requested; (3) That it is equipped and able to conduct operations over, and use the navigational facilities associated with, the Federal airways, foreign airways, or advisory routes (ADR's) to be used; and (4) That it will conduct all IFR and night VFR operations over Federal airways, foreign airways, controlled airspace, or advisory routes (ADR's). (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a)(4) of this section, the Administrator may approve a route outside of controlled airspace if the certificate holder conducting supplemental operations shows the route is safe for operations and the Administrator finds that traffic density is such that an adequate level of safety can be assured. The certificate holder may not use such a route unless it is approved by the Administrator and is listed in the certificate holder's operations specifications. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Routes and route segments over Federal airways, foreign airways, or advisory routes have a width equal to the designated width of those airways or advisory routes. Whenever the Administrator finds it necessary to determine the width of other routes, he considers the following: (1) Terrain clearance. (2) Minimum en route altitudes. (3) Ground and airborne navigation aids. (4) Air traffic density. (5) ATC procedures. (b) Any route widths of other routes determined by the Administrator are specified in the certificate holder's operations specifications. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) No certificate holder conducting supplemental operations may use any airport unless it is properly equipped and adequate for the proposed operation, considering such items as size, surface, obstructions, facilities, public protection, lighting, navigational and communications aids, and ATC. (b) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations must show that it has an approved system for obtaining, maintaining, and distributing to appropriate personnel current aeronautical data for each airport it uses to ensure a safe operation at that airport. The aeronautical data must include the following: (1) Airports. (i) Facilities. (ii) Public protection. (iii) Navigational and communications aids. (iv) Construction affecting takeoff, landing, or ground operations. (v) Air traffic facilities. (2) Runways, clearways, and stopways. (i) Dimensions. (ii) Surface. (iii) Marking and lighting systems. (iv) Elevation and gradient. (3) Displaced thresholds. (i) Location. (ii) Dimensions. (iii) Takeoff or landing or both. (4) Obstacles. (i) Those affecting takeoff and landing performance computations in accordance with Subpart I of this part. (ii) Controlling obstacles. (5) Instrument flight procedures. (i) Departure procedure. (ii) Approach procedure. (iii) Missed approach procedure. (6) Special information. (i) Runway visual range measurement equipment. (ii) Prevailing winds under low visibility conditions. (c) If the certificate-holding district office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder's operations finds that revisions are necessary for the continued adequacy of the certificate holder's system for collection, dissemination, and usage of aeronautical data that has been granted approval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the certificate-holding district office, make those revisions in the system. Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives such notice, the certificate holder may file a petition to reconsider the notice with the Director, Flight Standards Service. This filing of a petition to reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Director, Flight Standards Service. However, if the certificate-holding district office finds that there is an emergency that requires immediate action in the interest of safety in air transportation, the Director, Flight Standards Service may, upon a statement of the reasons, require a change effective without stay. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46738, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2610, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) No certificate holder conducting supplemental operations may use any weather report to control flight unless it was prepared and released by the U.S. National Weather Service or a source approved by the Weather Bureau. For operations outside the U.S., or at U.S. Military airports, where those reports are not available, the certificate holder must show that its weather reports are prepared by a source found satisfactory by the Administrator. (b) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations that uses forecasts to control flight movements shall use forecasts prepared from weather reports specified in paragraph (a) of this section. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–76, 36 FR 13911, July 28, 1971; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no certificate holder conducting supplemental operations may conduct any operation over a route unless nonvisual ground aids are— (1) Available over the route for navigating airplanes within the degree of accuracy required for ATC; and (2) Located to allow navigation to any airport of destination, or alternate airport, within the degree of accuracy necessary for the operation involved. (b) Nonvisual ground aids are not required for— (1) Day VFR operations that can be conducted safely by pilotage because of the characteristics of the terrain; (2) Night VFR operations on lighted airways or on routes that the Administrator determines have reliable landmarks adequate for safe operation; or (3) Operations on route segments where the use of celestial or other specialized means of navigation is approved. (c) Except for those aids required for routes to alternate airports, the nonvisual ground navigational aids that are required for approved of routes outside of controlled airspace are specified in the certificate holder's operations specifications. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations must show that competent personnel and adequate facilities and equipment (including spare parts, supplies, and materials) are available for the proper servicing, maintenance, and preventive maintenance of aircraft and auxliary equipment. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations must show that it has— (1) An approved flight following system established in accordance with subpart U of this part and adequate for the proper monitoring of each flight, considering the operations to be conducted; and (2) Flight following centers located at those points necessary— (i) To ensure the proper monitoring of the progress of each flight with respect to its departure at the point of origin and arrival at its destination, including intermediate stops and diversions therefrom, and maintenance or mechanical delays encountered at those points or stops; and (ii) To ensure that the pilot in command is provided with all information necessary for the safety of the flight. (b) A certificate holder conducting supplemental operations may arrange to have flight following facilities provided by persons other than its employees, but in such a case the certificate holder continues to be primarily responsible for operational control of each flight. (c) A flight following system need not provide for in-flight monitoring by a flight following center. (d) The certificate holder's operations specifications specify the flight following system it is authorized to use and the location of the centers. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations using a flight following system must show that— (1) The system has adequate facilities and personnel to provide the information necessary for the initiation and safe conduct of each flight to— (i) The flight crew of each aircraft; and (ii) The persons designated by the certificate holder to perform the function of operational control of the aircraft; and (2) The system has a means of communication by private or available public facilities (such as telephone, telegraph, or radio) to monitor the progress of each flight with respect to its departure at the point of origin and arrival at its destination, including intermediate stops and diversions therefrom, and maintenance or mechanical delays encountered at those points or stops. (b) The certificate holder conducting supplemental operations must show that the personnel specified in paragraph (a) of this section, and those it designates to perform the function of operational control of the aircraft, are able to perform their required duties. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19195, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] This subpart prescribes requirements for preparing and maintaining manuals by all certificate holders. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964] (a) Each certificate holder shall prepare and keep current a manual for the use and guidance of flight, ground operations, and management personnel in conducting its operations. (b) For the purpose of this subpart, the certificate holder may prepare that part of the manual containing maintenance information and instructions, in whole or in part, in printed form or other form acceptable to the Administrator. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Each manual required by §121.133 must— (1) Include instructions and information necessary to allow the personnel concerned to perform their duties and responsibilities with a high degree of safety; (2) Be in a form that is easy to revise; (3) Have the date of last revision on each page concerned; and (4) Not be contrary to any applicable Federal regulation and, in the case of a flag or supplemental operation, any applicable foreign regulation, or the certificate holder's operations specifications or operating certificate. (b) The manual may be in two or more separate parts, containing together all of the following information, but each part must contain that part of the information that is appropriate for each group of personnel: (1) General policies. (2) Duties and responsibilities of each crewmember, appropriate members of the ground organization, and management personnel. (3) Reference to appropriate Federal Aviation Regulations. (4) Flight dispatching and operational control, including procedures for coordinated dispatch or flight control or flight following procedures, as applicable. (5) En route flight, navigation, and communication procedures, including procedures for the dispatch or release or continuance of flight if any item of equipment required for the particular type of operation becomes inoperative or unserviceable en route. (6) For domestic or flag operations, appropriate information from the en route operations specifications, including for each approved route the types of airplanes authorized, the type of operation such as VFR, IFR, day, night, etc., and any other pertinent information. (7) For supplemental operations, appropriate information from the operations specifications, including the area of operations authorized, the types of airplanes authorized, the type of operation such as VFR, IFR, day, night, etc., and any other pertinent information. (8) Appropriate information from the airport operations specifications, including for each airport— (i) Its location (domestic and flag operations only); (ii) Its designation (regular, alternate, provisional, etc.) (domestic and flag operations only); (iii) The types of airplanes authorized (domestic and flag operations only); (iv) Instrument approach procedures; (v) Landing and takeoff minimums; and (vi) Any other pertinent information. (9) Takeoff, en route, and landing weight limitations. (10) Procedures for familiarizing passengers with the use of emergency equipment, during flight. (11) Emergency equipment and procedures. (12) The method of designating succession of command of flight crewmembers. (13) Procedures for determining the usability of landing and takeoff areas, and for disseminating pertinent information thereon to operations personnel. (14) Procedures for operating in periods of ice, hail, thunderstorms, turbulence, or any potentially hazardous meteorological condition. (15) Each training program curriculum required by §121.403. (16) Instructions and procedures for maintenance, preventive maintenance, and servicing. (17) Time limitations, or standards for determining time limitations, for overhauls, inspections, and checks of airframes, engines, propellers, appliances and emergency equipment. (18) Procedures for refueling aircraft, eliminating fuel contamination, protection from fire (including electrostatic protection), and supervising and protecting passengers during refueling. (19) Airworthiness inspections, including instructions covering procedures, standards, responsibilities, and authority of inspection personnel. (20) Methods and procedures for maintaining the aircraft weight and center of gravity within approved limits. (21) Where applicable, pilot and dispatcher route and airport qualification procedures. (22) Accident notification procedures. (23)(i) Procedures and information, as described in paragraph (b)(23)(ii) of this section, to assist each crewmember and person performing or directly supervising the following job functions involving items for transport on an aircraft: (A) Acceptance; (B) Rejection; (C) Handling; (D) Storage incidental to transport; (E) Packaging of company material; or (F) Loading. (ii) Ensure that the procedures and information described in this paragraph are sufficient to assist the person in identifying packages that are marked or labeled as containing hazardous materials or that show signs of containing undeclared hazardous materials. The procedures and information must include: (A) Procedures for rejecting packages that do not conform to the Hazardous Materials Regulations in 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 or that appear to contain undeclared hazardous materials; (B) Procedures for complying with the hazardous materials incident reporting requirements of 49 CFR 171.15 and 171.16 and discrepancy reporting requirements of 49 CFR 175.31 (C) The certificate holder's hazmat policies and whether the certificate holder is authorized to carry, or is prohibited from carrying, hazardous materials; and (D) If the certificate holder's operations specifications permit the transport of hazardous materials, procedures and information to ensure the following: (1) That packages containing hazardous materials are properly offered and accepted in compliance with 49 CFR parts 171 through 180; (2) That packages containing hazardous materials are properly handled, stored, packaged, loaded, and carried on board an aircraft in compliance with 49 CFR parts 171 through 180; (3) That the requirements for Notice to the Pilot in Command (49 CFR 175.33) are complied with; and (4) That aircraft replacement parts, consumable materials or other items regulated by 49 CFR parts 171 through 180 are properly handled, packaged, and transported. (24) Other information or instructions relating to safety. (c) Each certificate holder shall maintain at least one complete copy of the manual at its principal base of operations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22377, Aug. 20, 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65926, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005] (a) Each certificate holder shall furnish copies of the manual required by §121.133 (and the changes and additions thereto) or appropriate parts of the manual to— (1) Its appropriate ground operations and maintenance personnel; (2) Crewmembers; and (3) Representatives of the Administrator assigned to it. (b) Each person to whom a manual or appropriate parts of it are furnished under paragraph (a) of this section shall keep it up-to-date with the changes and additions furnished to that person and shall have the manual or appropriate parts of it accessible when performing assigned duties. (c) For the purpose of complying with paragraph (a) of this section, a certificate holder may furnish the persons listed therein the maintenance part of the manual in printed form or other form, acceptable to the Administrator, that is retrievable in the English language. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–71, 35 FR 17176, Nov. 7, 1970; Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] (a) Except is provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each certificate holder conducting supplemental operations shall carry appropriate parts of the manual on each airplane when away from the principal base of operations. The appropriate parts must be available for use by ground or flight personnel. If the certificate holder carries aboard an airplane all or any portion of the maintenance part of its manual in other than printed form, it must carry a compatible reading device that produces a legible image of the maintenance information and instructions or a system that is able to retrieve the maintenance information and instructions in the English language. (b) If a certificate holder conducting supplemental operations is able to perform all scheduled maintenance at specified stations where it keeps maintenance parts of the manual, it does not have to carry those parts of the manual aboard the aircraft en route to those stations. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19196, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 12–71, 35 FR 17176, Nov. 7, 1970; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; 62 FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997] (a) Each certificate holder shall keep a current approved airplane flight manual for each type of airplane that it operates except for nontransport category airplanes certificated before January 1, 1965. (b) In each airplane required to have an airplane flight manual in paragraph (a) of this section, the certificate holder shall carry either the manual required by §121.133, if it contains the information required for the applicable flight manual and this information is clearly identified as flight manual requirements, or an approved Airplane Manual. If the certificate holder elects to carry the manual required by §121.133, the certificate holder may revise the operating procedures sections and modify the presentation of performance data from the applicable flight manual if the revised operating procedures and modified performance date presentation are— (1) Approved by the Administrator; and (2) Clearly identified as airplane flight manual requirements. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes aircraft requirements for all certificate holders. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no certificate holder may operate an aircraft unless that aircraft— (1) Is registered as a civil aircraft of the United States and carries an appropriate current airworthiness certificate issued under this chapter; and (2) Is in an airworthy condition and meets the applicable airworthiness requirements of this chapter, including those relating to identification and equipment. (b) A certificate holder may use an approved weight and balance control system based on average, assumed, or estimated weight to comply with applicable airworthiness requirements and operating limitations. (c) A certificate holder may operate in common carriage, and for the carriage of mail, a civil aircraft which is leased or chartered to it without crew and is registered in a country which is a party to the Convention on International Civil Aviation if— (1) The aircraft carries an appropriate airworthiness certificate issued by the country of registration and meets the registration and identification requirements of that country; (2) The aircraft is of a type design which is approved under a U.S. type certificate and complies with all of the requirements of this chapter (14 CFR Chapter 1) that would be applicable to that aircraft were it registered in the United States, including the requirements which must be met for issuance of a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate (including type design conformity, condition for safe operation, and the noise, fuel venting, and engine emission requirements of this chapter), except that a U.S. registration certificate and a U.S. standard airworthiness certificate will not be issued for the aircraft; (3) The aircraft is operated by U.S.-certificated airmen employed by the certificate holder; and (4) The certificate holder files a copy of the aircraft lease or charter agreement with the FAA Aircraft Registry, Department of Transportation, 6400 South MacArthur Boulevard, Oklahoma City, OK (Mailing address: P.O. Box 25504, Oklahoma City, OK 73125). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–165, 45 FR 68649, Oct. 16, 1980] (a) Airplanes certificated before July 1, 1942. No certificate holder may operate an airplane that was type certificated before July 1, 1942, unless— (1) That airplane meets the requirements of §121.173(c), or (2) That airplane and all other airplanes of the same or related type operated by that certificate holder meet the performance requirements of sections 4a.737–T through 4a.750–T of the Civil Air Regulations as in effect on January 31, 1965; or §§25.45 through 25.75 and §121.173(a), (b), (d), and (e) of this title. (b) Airplanes certificated after June 30, 1942. Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, no certificate holder may operate an airplane that was type certificated after June 30, 1942, unless it is certificated as a transport category airplane and meets the requirements of §121.173(a), (b), (d), and (e). (c) C–46 type airplanes: passenger-carrying operations. No certificate holder may operate a C–46 airplane in passenger-carrying operations unless that airplane is operated in accordance with the operating limitations for transport category airplanes and meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section or meets the requirements of part 4b, as in effect July 20, 1950, and the requirements of §121.173 (a), (b), (d) and (e), except that— (1) The requirements of sections 4b.0 through 4b.19 as in effect May 18, 1954, must be complied with; (2) The birdproof windshield requirements of section 4b.352 need not be complied with; (3) The provisions of sections 4b.480 through 4b.490 (except sections 4b.484(a)(1) and 4b.487(e)), as in effect May 16, 1953, must be complied with; and (4) The provisions of paragraph 4b.484(a)(1), as in effect July 20, 1950, must be complied with. In determining the takeoff path in accordance with section 4b.116 and the one-engine inoperative climb in accordance with section 4b.120 (a) and (b), the propeller of the inoperative engine may be assumed to be feathered if the airplane is equipped with either an approved means for automatically indicating when the particular engine has failed or an approved means for automatically feathering the propeller of the inoperative engine. The Administrator may authorize deviations from compliance with the requirements of sections 4b.130 through 4b.190 and subparts C, D, E, and F of part 4b (as designated in this paragraph) if he finds that (considering the effect of design changes) compliance is extremely difficult to accomplish and that service experience with the C–46 airplane justifies the deviation. (d) C–46 type airplanes: cargo operations. No certificate holder may use a nontransport category C–46 type airplane in cargo operations unless— (1) It is certificated at a maximum gross weight that is not greater than 48,000 pounds; (2) It meets the requirements of §§121.199 through 121.205 using the performance data in appendix C to this part; (3) Before each flight, each engine contains at least 25 gallons of oil; and (4) After December 31, 1964— (i) It is powered by a type and model engine as set forth in appendix C of this part, when certificated at a maximum gross takeoff weight greater than 45,000 pounds; and (ii) It complies with the special airworthiness requirement set forth in §§121.213 through 121.287 of this part or in appendix C of this part. (e) Commuter category airplanes. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, no certificate holder may operate under this part a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, and before March 30, 1995, unless it meets the applicable requirements of §121.173 (a), (b), (d), and (e), and was type certificated in the commuter category. (f) Other nontransport category airplanes. No certificate holder may operate under this part a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, unless it meets the applicable requirements of §121.173 (a), (b), (d), and (e), was manufactured before March 20, 1997, and meets one of the following: (1) Until December 20, 2010: (i) The airplane was type certificated in the normal category before July 1, 1970, and meets special conditions issued by the Administrator for airplanes intended for use in operations under part 135 of this chapter. (ii) The airplane was type certificated in the normal category before July 19, 1970, and meets the additional airworthiness standards in SFAR No. 23, 14 CFR part 23. (iii) The airplane was type certificated in the normal category and meets the additional airworthiness standards in appendix A of part 135 of this chapter. (iv) The airplane was type certificated in the normal category and complies with either section 1.(a) or 1.(b) of SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21. (2) The airplane was type certificated in the normal category, meets the additional requirements described in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of this section, and meets the performance requirements in appendix K of this part. (g) Certain newly manufactured airplanes. No certificate holder may operate an airplane under this part that was type certificated as described in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (f)(1)(iv) of this section and that was manufactured after March 20, 1997, unless it meets the performance requirements in appendix K of this part. (h) Newly type certificated airplanes. No person may operate under this part an airplane for which the application for a type certificate is submitted after March 29, 1995, unless the airplane is type certificated under part 25 of this chapter. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996] No certificate holder may operate a single-engine airplane under this part. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Unless authorized by the Administrator, based on the character of the terrain, the kind of operation, or the performance of the airplane to be used, no certificate holder may operate two-engine or three-engine airplanes (except a three-engine turbine powered airplane) over a route that contains a point farther than 1 hour flying time (in still air at normal cruising speed with one engine inoperative) from an adequate airport. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no certificate holder may operate a land airplane (other than a DC–3, C–46, CV–240, CV–340, CV–440, CV–580, CV–600, CV–640, or Martin 404) in an extended overwater operation unless it is certificated or approved as adequate for ditching under the ditching provisions of part 25 of this chapter. (c) Until December 20, 2010, a certificate holder may operate, in an extended overwater operation, a nontransport category land airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, that was not certificated or approved as adequate for ditching under the ditching provisions of part 25 of this chapter. [Doc. No. 7329, 31 FR 13078, Oct. 8, 1966 as amended by Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995 (a) Initial airplane proving tests. No person may operate an airplane not before proven for use in a kind of operation under this part or part 135 of this chapter unless an airplane of that type has had, in addition to the airplane certification tests, at least 100 hours of proving tests acceptable to the Administrator, including a representative number of flights into en route airports. The requirement for at least 100 hours of proving tests may be reduced by the Administrator if the Administrator determines that a satisfactory level of proficiency has been demonstrated to justify the reduction. At least 10 hours of proving flights must be flown at night; these tests are irreducible. (b) Proving tests for kinds of operations. Unless otherwise authorized by the Administrator, for each type of airplane, a certificate holder must conduct at least 50 hours of proving tests acceptable to the Administrator for each kind of operation it intends to conduct, including a representative number of flights into en route airports. (c) Proving tests for materially altered airplanes. Unless otherwise authorized by the Administrator, for each type of airplane that is materially altered in design, a certificate holder must conduct at least 50 hours of proving tests acceptable to the Administrator for each kind of operation it intends to conduct with that airplane, including a representative number of flights into en route airports. (d) Definition of materially altered. For the purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, a type of airplane is considered to be materially altered in design if the alteration includes— (1) The installation of powerplants other than those of a type similar to those with which it is certificated; or (2) Alterations to the aircraft or its components that materially affect flight characteristics. (e) No certificate holder may carry passengers in an aircraft during proving tests, except for those needed to make the test and those designated by the Administrator. However, it may carry mail, express, or other cargo, when approved. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19197, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–42, 33 FR 10330, July 19, 1968; 34 FR 13468, Aug. 21, 1969; Amdt. 121–162, 45 FR 46739, July 10, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65927, Dec. 20, 1995] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, unless otherwise noted.
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to subpart I appear at 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995.
(a) This subpart prescribes airplane performance operating limitations for all certificate holders. (b) For purposes of this part, effective length of the runway for landing means the distance from the point at which the obstruction clearance plane associated with the approach end of the runway intersects the centerline of the runway to the far end thereof. (c) For the purposes of this subpart, obstruction clearance plane means a plane sloping upward from the runway at a slope of 1:20 to the horizontal, and tangent to or clearing all obstructions within a specified area surrounding the runway as shown in a profile view of that area. In the plan view, the centerline of the specified area coincides with the centerline of the runway, beginning at the point where the obstruction clearance plane intersects the centerline of the runway and proceeding to a point at least 1,500 feet from the beginning point. Thereafter the centerline coincides with the takeoff path over the ground for the runway (in the case of takeoffs) or with the instrument approach counterpart (for landings), or, where the applicable one of these paths has not been established, it proceeds consistent with turns of at least 4,000 foot radius until a point is reached beyond which the obstruction clearance plane clears all obstructions. This area extends laterally 200 feet on each side of the centerline at the point where the obstruction clearance plane intersects the runway and continues at this width to the end of the runway; then it increases uniformly to 500 feet on each side of the centerline at a point 1,500 feet from the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane with the runway; thereafter it extends laterally 500 feet on each side of the centerline. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, 1976] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each certificate holder operating a reciprocating-engine-powered airplane shall comply with §§121.175 through 121.187. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, each certificate holder operating a turbine-engine-powered airplane shall comply with the applicable provisions of §§121.189 through 121.197, except that when it operates— (1) A turbo-propeller-powered airplane type certificated after August 29, 1959, but previously type certificated with the same number of reciprocating engines, the certificate holder may comply with §§121.175 through 121.187; or (2) Until December 20, 2010, a turbo-propeller-powered airplane described in §121.157(f), the certificate holder may comply with the applicable performance requirements of appendix K of this part. (c) Each certificate holder operating a large nontransport category airplane type certificated before January 1, 1965, shall comply with §§121.199 through 121.205 and any determination of compliance must be based only on approved performance data. (d) The performance data in the Airplane Flight Manual applies in determining compliance with §§121.175 through 121.197. Where conditions are different from those on which the performance data is based, compliance is determined by interpolation or by computing the effects of changes in the specific variables if the results of the interpolation or computations are substantially as accurate as the results of direct tests. (e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may take off a reciprocating-engine-powered airplane at a weight that is more than the allowable weight for the runway being used (determined under the runway takeoff limitations of the operating rules of 14 CFR part 121, subpart I) after taking into account the temperature operating correction factors in the applicable Airplane Flight Manual. (f) The Administrator may authorize in the operations specifications deviations from the requirements in the subpart if special circumstances make a literal observance of a requirement unnecessary for safety. (g) The ten-mile width specified in §§121.179 through 121.183 may be reduced to five miles, for not more than 20 miles, when operating VFR or where navigation facilities furnish reliable and accurate identification of high ground and obstructions located outside of five miles, but within ten miles, on each side of the intended track. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered airplane from an airport located at an elevation outside of the range for which maximum takeoff weights have been determined for that airplane. (b) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered airplane for an airport of intended destination that is located at an elevation outside of the range for which maximum landing weights have been determined for that airplane. (c) No person may specify, or have specified, an alternate airport that is located at an elevation outside of the range for which maximum landing weights have been determined for the reciprocating engine powered airplane concerned. (d) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered airplane at a weight more than the maximum authorized takeoff weight for the elevation of the airport. (e) No person may take off a reciprocating engine powered airplane if its weight on arrival at the airport of destination will be more than the maximum authorized landing weight for the elevation of that airport, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil en route. (f) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person operating a reciprocating engine powered airplane may takeoff that airplane unless it is possible— (1) To stop the airplane safely on the runway, as shown by the accelerate stop distance data, at any time during takeoff until reaching critical-engine failure speed; (2) If the critical engine fails at any time after the airplane reaches critical-engine failure speed V1, to continue the takeoff and reach a height of 50 feet, as indicated by the takeoff path data, before passing over the end of the runway; and (3) To clear all obstacles either by at least 50 feet vertically (as shown by the takeoff path data) or 200 feet horizontally within the airport boundaries and 300 feet horizontally beyond the boundaries, without banking before reaching a height of 50 feet (as shown by the takeoff path data) and thereafter without banking more than 15 degrees. (b) In applying this section, corrections must be made for the effective runway gradient. To allow for wind effect, takeoff data based on still air may be corrected by taking into account not more than 50 percent of any reported headwind component and not less than 150 percent of any reported tailwind component. (c) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41593, June 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person operating a reciprocating engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil, that does not allow a rate of climb (in feet per minute), with all engines operating, of at least 6.90 V (b) This section does not apply to airplanes certificated under part 4a of the Civil Air Regulations. (c) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person operating a reciprocating engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil, that does not allow a rate of climb (in feet per minute), with one engine inoperative, of at least (0.079–0.106/N) Vso2 (where N is the number of engines installed and V (b) In place of the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a person may, under an approved procedure, operate a reciprocating engine powered airplane, at an all-engines-operating altitude that allows the airplane to continue, after an engine failure, to an alternate airport where a landing can be made in accordance with §121.187, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil. After the assumed failure, the flight path must clear the ground and any obstruction within five miles on each side of the intended track by at least 2,000 feet. (c) If an approved procedure under paragraph (b) of this section is used, the certificate holder shall comply with the following: (1) The rate of climb (as prescribed in the Airplane Flight Manual for the appropriate weight and altitude) used in calculating the airplane's flight path shall be diminished by an amount, in feet per minute, equal to (0.079–0.106/N) Vso2 (when N is the number of engines installed and V (2) The all-engines-operating altitude shall be sufficient so that in the event the critical engine becomes inoperative at any point along the route, the flight will be able to proceed to a predetermined alternate airport by use of this procedure. In determining the takeoff weight, the airplane is assumed to pass over the critical obstruction following engine failure at a point no closer to the critical obstruction than the nearest approved radio navigational fix, unless the Administrator approves a procedure established on a different basis upon finding that adequate operational safeguards exist. (3) The airplane must meet the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section at 1,000 feet above the airport used as an alternate in this procedure. (4) The procedure must include an approved method of accounting for winds and temperatures that would otherwise adversely affect the flight path. (5) In complying with this procedure fuel jettisoning is allowed if the certificate holder shows that it has an adequate training program, that proper instructions are given to the flight crew, and all other precautions are taken to insure a safe procedure. (6) The certificate holder shall specify in the dispatch or flight release an alternate airport that meets the requirements of §121.625. (d) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person may operate an airplane certificated under part 25 and having four or more engines unless— (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets the requirements of §121.187; or (2) It is operated at a weight allowing the airplane, with the two critical engines inoperative, to climb at 0.013 Vso2 feet per minute (that is, the number of feet per minute is obtained by multiplying the number of knots squared by 0.013) at an altitude of 1,000 feet above the highest ground or obstruction within 10 miles on each side of the intended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 feet, whichever is higher. (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed that— (1) The two engines fail at the point that is most critical with respect to the takeoff weight: (2) Consumption of fuel and oil is normal with all engines operating up to the point where the two engines fail and with two engines operating beyond that point; (3) Where the engines are assumed to fail at an altitude above the prescribed minimum altitude, compliance with the prescribed rate of climb at the prescribed minimum altitude need not be shown during the descent from the cruising altitude to the prescribed minimum altitude, if those requirements can be met once the prescribed minimum altitude is reached, and assuming descent to be along a net flight path and the rate of descent to be 0.013 Vso2 greater than the rate in the approved performance data; and (4) If fuel jettisoning is provided, the airplane's weight at the point where the two engines fail is considered to be not less than that which would include enough fuel to proceed to an airport meeting the requirements of §121.187 and to arrive at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet directly over that airport. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section no person operating a reciprocating engine powered airplane may take off that airplane, unless its weight on arrival, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil in flight, would allow a full stop landing at the intended destination within 60 percent of the effective length of each runway described below from a point 50 feet directly above the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane and the runway. For the purposes of determining the allowable landing weight at the destination airport the following is assumed: (1) The airplane is landed on the most favorable runway and in the most favorable direction in still air. (2) The airplane is landed on the most suitable runway considering the probable wind velocity and direction (forecast for the expected time of arrival), the ground handling characteristics of the type of airplane, and other conditions such as landing aids and terrain, and allowing for the effect of the landing path and roll of not more than 50 percent of the headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the tailwind component. (b) An airplane that would be prohibited from being taken off because it could not meet the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be taken off if an alternate airport is specified that meets all of the requirements of this section except that the airplane can accomplish a full stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway. (c) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person may list an airport as an alternate airport in a dispatch or flight release unless the airplane (at the weight anticipated at the time of arrival at the airport), based on the assumptions in §121.185, can be brought to a full stop landing, within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway. (b) This section does not apply to large nontransport category airplanes operated under §121.173(c). [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the airport and for the ambient temperature existing at takeoff. (b) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane certificated after August 26, 1957, but before August 30, 1959 (SR422, 422A), may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual for the minimum distances required for takeoff. In the case of an airplane certificated after September 30, 1958 (SR422A, 422B), the takeoff distance may include a clearway distance but the clearway distance included may not be greater than (c) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane certificated after August 29, 1959 (SR422B), may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual at which compliance with the following may be shown: (1) The accelerate-stop distance must not exceed the length of the runway plus the length of any stopway. (2) The takeoff distance must not exceed the length of the runway plus the length of any clearway except that the length of any clearway included must not be greater than one-half the length of the runway. (3) The takeoff run must not be greater than the length of the runway. (d) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at a weight greater than that listed in the Airplane Flight Manual— (1) In the case of an airplane certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 (SR422), that allows a takeoff path that clears all obstacles either by at least (35+0.01D) feet vertically (D is the distance along the intended flight path from the end of the runway in feet), or by at least 200 feet horizontally within the airport boundaries and by at least 300 feet horizontally after passing the boundaries; or (2) In the case of an airplane certificated after September 30, 1958 (SR 422A, 422B), that allows a net takeoff flight path that clears all obstacles either by a height of at least 35 feet vertically, or by at least 200 feet horizontally within the airport boundaries and by at least 300 feet horizontally after passing the boundaries. (e) In determining maximum weights, minimum distances, and flight paths under paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section, correction must be made for the runway to be used, the elevation of the airport, the effective runway gradient, the ambient temperature and wind component at the time of takeoff, and, if operating limitations exist for the minimum distances required for takeoff from wet runways, the runway surface condition (dry or wet). Wet runway distances associated with grooved or porous friction course runways, if provided in the Airplane Flight Manual, may be used only for runways that are grooved or treated with a porous friction course (PFC) overlay, and that the operator determines are designed, constructed, and maintained in a manner acceptable to the Administrator. (f) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that the airplane is not banked before reaching a height of 50 feet, as shown by the takeoff path or net takeoff flight path data (as appropriate) in the Airplane Flight Manual, and thereafter that the maximum bank is not more than 15 degrees. (g) For the purposes of this section the terms, takeoff distance, takeoff run, net takeoff flight path and takeoff path have the same meanings as set forth in the rules under which the airplane was certificated. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–268, 63 FR 8321, Feb. 18, 1998] (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at a weight, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil, that is greater than that which (under the approved, one engine inoperative, en route net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual for that airplane) will allow compliance with paragraph (a) (1) or (2) of this section, based on the ambient temperatures expected en route: (1) There is a positive slope at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles on each side of the intended track, and, in addition, if that airplane was certificated after August 29, 1959 (SR 422B) there is a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the airport where the airplane is assumed to land after an engine fails. (2) The net flight path allows the airplane to continue flight from the cruising altitude to an airport where a landing can be made under §121.197, clearing all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles of the intended track by at least 2,000 feet vertically and with a positive slope at 1,000 feet above the airport where the airplane lands after an engine fails, or, if that airplane was certificated after September 30, 1958 (SR 422A, 422B), with a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the airport where the airplane lands after an engine fails. (b) For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed that— (1) The engine fails at the most critical point en route; (2) The airplane passes over the critical obstruction, after engine failure at a point that is no closer to the obstruction than the nearest approved radio navigation fix, unless the Administrator authorizes a different procedure based on adequate operational safeguards; (3) An approved method is used to allow for adverse winds: (4) Fuel jettisoning will be allowed if the certificate holder shows that the crew is properly instructed, that the training program is adequate, and that all other precautions are taken to insure a safe procedure; (5) The alternate airport is specified in the dispatch or flight release and meets the prescribed weather minimums; and (6) The consumption of fuel and oil after engine failure is the same as the consumption that is allowed for in the approved net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964; 30 FR 130, Jan. 7, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22641, May 25, 1978] (a) Airplanes certificated after August 26, 1957, but before October 1, 1958 (SR 422). No person may operate a turbine engine powered airplane along an intended route unless he complies with either of the following: (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197. (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine-inoperative, en route, net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual, allows the airplane to fly from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197, with a net flight path (considering the ambient temperature anticipated along the track) having a positive slope at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstructions within five miles on each side of the intended track, or at an altitude of 5,000 feet, whichever is higher. For the purposes of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, it is assumed that the two engines fail at the most critical point en route, that if fuel jettisoning is provided, the airplane's weight at the point where the engines fail includes enough fuel to continue to the airport and to arrive at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet directly over the airport, and that the fuel and oil consumption after engine failure is the same as the consumption allowed for in the net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual. (b) Aircraft certificated after September 30, 1958, but before August 30, 1959 (SR 422A). No person may operate a turbine engine powered airplane along an intended route unless he complies with either of the following: (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197. (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine-inoperative, en route, net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual, allows the airplane to fly from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197, with a net flight path (considering the ambient temperatures anticipated along the track) having a positive slope at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above all terrain and obstructions within 5 miles on each side of the intended track, or at an altitude of 2,000 feet, whichever is higher. For the purposes of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, it is assumed that the two engines fail at the most critical point en route, that the airplane's weight at the point where the engines fail includes enough fuel to continue to the airport, to arrive at an altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly over the airport, and thereafter to fly for 15 minutes at cruise power or thrust, or both, and that the consumption of fuel and oil after engine failure is the same as the consumption allowed for in the net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual. (c) Aircraft certificated after August 29, 1959 (SR 422B). No person may operate a turbine engine powered airplane along an intended route unless he complies with either of the following: (1) There is no place along the intended track that is more than 90 minutes (with all engines operating at cruising power) from an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197. (2) Its weight, according to the two-engine inoperative, en route, net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual, allows the airplane to fly from the point where the two engines are assumed to fail simultaneously to an airport that meets the requirements of §121.197, with the net flight path (considering the ambient temperatures anticipated along the track) clearing vertically by at least 2,000 feet all terrain and obstructions within five statute miles (4.34 nautical miles) on each side of the intended track. For the purposes of this subparagraph, it is assumed that— (i) The two engines fail at the most critical point en route; (ii) The net flight path has a positive slope at 1,500 feet above the airport where the landing is assumed to be made after the engines fail; (iii) Fuel jettisoning will be approved if the certificate holder shows that the crew is properly instructed, that the training program is adequate, and that all other precautions are taken to ensure a safe procedure; (iv) The airplane's weight at the point where the two engines are assumed to fail provides enough fuel to continue to the airport, to arrive at an altitude of at least 1,500 feet directly over the airport, and thereafter to fly for 15 minutes at cruise power or thrust, or both; and (v) The consumption of fuel and oil after the engine failure is the same as the consumption that is allowed for in the net flight path data in the Airplane Flight Manual. (a) No person operating a turbine engine powered airplane may take off that airplane at such a weight that (allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil in flight to the destination or alternate airport) the weight of the airplane on arrival would exceed the landing weight set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the destination or alternate airport and the ambient temperature anticipated at the time of landing. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), (d), or (e) of this section, no person operating a turbine engine powered airplane may take off that airplane unless its weight on arrival, allowing for normal consumption of fuel and oil in flight (in accordance with the landing distance set forth in the Airplane Flight Manual for the elevation of the destination airport and the wind conditions anticipated there at the time of landing), would allow a full stop landing at the intended destination airport within 60 percent of the effective length of each runway described below from a point 50 feet above the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane and the runway. For the purpose of determining the allowable landing weight at the destination airport the following is assumed: (1) The airplane is landed on the most favorable runway and in the most favorable direction, in still air. (2) The airplane is landed on the most suitable runway considering the probable wind velocity and direction and the ground handling characteristics of the airplane, and considering other conditions such as landing aids and terrain. (c) A turbopropeller powered airplane that would be prohibited from being taken off because it could not meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, may be taken off if an alternate airport is specified that meets all the requirements of this section except that the airplane can accomplish a full stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway. (d) Unless, based on a showing of actual operating landing techniques on wet runways, a shorter landing distance (but never less than that required by paragraph (b) of this section) has been approved for a specific type and model airplane and included in the Airplane Flight Manual, no person may takeoff a turbojet powered airplane when the appropriate weather reports and forecasts, or a combination thereof, indicate that the runways at the destination airport may be wet or slippery at the estimated time of arrival unless the effective runway length at the destination airport is at least 115 percent of the runway length required under paragraph (b) of this section. (e) A turbojet powered airplane that would be prohibited from being taken off because it could not meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of this section may be taken off if an alternate airport is specified that meets all the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, 1965] No person may list an airport as an alternate airport in a dispatch or flight release for a turbine engine powered airplane unless (based on the assumptions in §121.195 (b)) that airplane at the weight anticipated at the time of arrival can be brought to a full stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway for turbopropeller powered airplanes and 60 percent of the effective length of the runway for turbojet powered airplanes, from a point 50 feet above the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane and the runway. In the case of an alternate airport for departure, as provided in §121.617, allowance may be made for fuel jettisoning in addition to normal consumption of fuel and oil when determining the weight anticipated at the time of arrival. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–9, 30 FR 8572, July 7, 1965; Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, 1982] (a) Notwithstanding the applicable structural provisions of the airworthiness regulations but subject to paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section, a certificate holder may operate (for cargo service only) any of the following airplanes (certificated under part 4b of the Civil Air Regulations effective before March 13, 1956) at increased zero fuel and landing weights— (1) DC–6A, DC–6B, DC–7B, and DC–7C; and (2) L1049B, C, D, E, F, G, and H, and the L1649A when modified in accordance with supplemental type certificate SA 4–1402. (b) The zero fuel weight (maximum weight of the airplane with no disposable fuel and oil) and the structural landing weight may be increased beyond the maximum approved in full compliance with applicable regulations only if the Administrator finds that— (1) The increase is not likely to reduce seriously the structural strength; (2) The probability of sudden fatigue failure is not noticeably increased; (3) The flutter, deformation, and vibration characteristics do not fall below those required by applicable regulations; and (4) All other applicable weight limitations will be met. (c) No zero fuel weight may be increased by more than five percent, and the increase in the structural landing weight may not exceed the amount, in pounds, of the increase in zero fuel weight. (d) Each airplane must be inspected in accordance with the approved special inspection procedures, for operations at increased weights, established and issued by the manufacturer of the type of airplane. (e) Each airplane operated under this section must be operated in accordance with the passenger-carrying performance operating limitations prescribed in this part. (f) The Airplane Flight Manual for each airplane operated under this section must be appropriately revised to include the operating limitations and information needed for operation at the increased weights. (g) Except as provided for the carrying of persons under §121.583 each airplane operated at an increased weight under this section must, before it is used in passenger service, be inspected under the special inspection procedures for return to passenger service established and issued by the manufacturer and approved by the Administrator. (a) No person operating a nontransport category airplane may take off that airplane at a weight greater than the weight that would allow the airplane to be brought to a safe stop within the effective length of the runway, from any point during the takeoff before reaching 105 percent of minimum control speed (the minimum speed at which an airplane can be safely controlled in flight after an engine becomes inoperative) or 115 percent of the power off stalling speed in the takeoff configuration, whichever is greater. (b) For the purposes of this section— (1) It may be assumed that takeoff power is used on all engines during the acceleration; (2) Not more than 50 percent of the reported headwind component, or not less than 150 percent of the reported tailwind component, may be taken into account; (3) The average runway gradient (the difference between the elevations of the endpoints of the runway divided by the total length) must be considered if it is more than one-half of 1 percent; (4) It is assumed that the airplane is operating in standard atmosphere; and (5) The effective length of the runway for takeoff means the distance from the end of the runway at which the takeoff is started to a point at which the obstruction clearance plane associated with the other end of the runway intersects the runway centerline. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19198, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, 1976] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person operating a nontransport category airplane may take off that airplane at a weight that does not allow a rate of climb of at least 50 feet a minute, with the critical engine inoperative, at an altitude of at least 1,000 feet above the highest obstruction within five miles on each side of the intended track, or 5,000 feet, whichever is higher. (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, if the Administrator finds that safe operations are not impaired, a person may operate the airplane at an altitude that allows the airplane, in case of engine failure, to clear all obstructions within 5 miles on each side of the intended track by 1,000 feet. If this procedure is used, the rate of descent for the appropriate weight and altitude is assumed to be 50 feet a minute greater than the rate in the approved performance data. Before approving such a procedure, the Administrator considers the following for the route, route segment, or area concerned: (1) The reliability of wind and weather forecasting. (2) The location and kinds of navigation aids. (3) The prevailing weather conditions, particularly the frequency and amount of turbulence normally encountered. (4) Terrain features. (5) Air traffic control problems. (6) Any other operational factors that affect the operation. (c) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that— (1) The critical engine is inoperative; (2) The propeller of the inoperative engine is in the minimum drag position; (3) The wing flaps and landing gear are in the most favorable position; (4) The operating engines are operating at the maximum continuous power available; (5) The airplane is operating in standard atmosphere; and (6) The weight of the airplane is progressively reduced by the anticipated consumption of fuel and oil. (a) No person operating a nontransport category airplane may take off that airplane at a weight that— (1) Allowing for anticipated consumption of fuel and oil, is greater than the weight that would allow a full stop landing within 60 percent of the effective length of the most suitable runway at the destination airport; and (2) Is greater than the weight allowable if the landing is to be made on the runway— (i) With the greatest effective length in still air; and (ii) Required by the probable wind, taking into account not more than 50 percent of the headwind component or not less than 150 percent of the tailwind component. (b) For the purposes of this section, it is assumed that— (1) The airplane passes directly over the intersection of the obstruction clearance plane and the runway at a height of 50 feet in a steady gliding approach at a true indicated airspeed of at least 1.3 V (2) The landing does not require exceptional pilot skill; and (3) The airplane is operating in standard atmosphere. No person may list an airport as an alternate airport in a dispatch or flight release for a nontransport category airplane unless that airplane (at the weight anticipated at the time of arrival) based on the assumptions contained in §121.203, can be brought to a full stop landing within 70 percent of the effective length of the runway. In addition to the limitations in §91.317 of this chapter, the following limitations apply to the operation of provisionally certificated airplanes by certificate holders: (a) In addition to crewmembers, each certificate holder may carry on such an airplane only those persons who are listed in §121.547(c) or who are specifically authorized by both the certificate holder and the Administrator. (b) Each certificate holder shall keep a log of each flight conducted under this section and shall keep accurate and complete records of each inspection made and all maintenance performed on the airplane. The certificate holder shall make the log and records made under this section available to the manufacturer and the Administrator. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
(a) This subpart prescribes special airworthiness requirements applicable to certificate holders as stated in paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each airplane type certificated under Aero Bulletin 7A or part 04 of the Civil Air Regulations in effect before November 1, 1946 must meet the special airworthiness requirements in §§121.215 through 121.283. (c) Each certificate holder must comply with the requirements of §§121.285 through 121.291. (d) If the Administrator determines that, for a particular model of airplane used in cargo service, literal compliance with any requirement under paragraph (b) of this section would be extremely difficult and that compliance would not contribute materially to the objective sought, he may require compliance only with those requirements that are necessary to accomplish the basic objectives of this part. (e) No person may operate under this part a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, unless the airplane meets the special airworthiness requirements in §121.293. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in §121.312, each compartment used by the crew or passengers must meet the requirements of this section. (b) Materials must be at least flash resistant. (c) The wall and ceiling linings and the covering of upholstering, floors, and furnishings must be flame resistant. (d) Each compartment where smoking is to be allowed must be equipped with self-contained ash trays that are completely removable and other compartments must be placarded against smoking. (e) Each receptacle for used towels, papers, and wastes must be of fire-resistant material and must have a cover or other means of containing possible fires started in the receptacles. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–84, 37 FR 3974, Feb. 24, 1972] In any case where internal doors are equipped with louvres or other ventilating means, there must be a means convenient to the crew for closing the flow of air through the door when necessary. Each passenger or crew compartment must be suitably ventilated. Carbon monoxide concentration may not be more than one part in 20,000 parts of air, and fuel fumes may not be present. In any case where partitions between compartments have louvres or other means allowing air to flow between compartments, there must be a means convenient to the crew for closing the flow of air through the partitions, when necessary. (a) Each compartment must be designed so that, when used for storing cargo or baggage, it meets the following requirements: (1) No compartment may include controls, wiring, lines, equipment, or accessories that would upon damage or failure, affect the safe operation of the airplane unless the item is adequately shielded, isolated, or otherwise protected so that it cannot be damaged by movement of cargo in the compartment and so that damage to or failure of the item would not create a fire hazard in the compartment. (2) Cargo or baggage may not interfere with the functioning of the fire-protective features of the compartment. (3) Materials used in the construction of the compartments, including tie-down equipment, must be at least flame resistant. (4) Each compartment must include provisions for safeguarding against fires according to the classifications set forth in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section. (b) Class A. Cargo and baggage compartments are classified in the “A” category if— (1) A fire therein would be readily discernible to a member of the crew while at his station; and (2) All parts of the compartment are easily accessible in flight. There must be a hand fire extinguisher available for each Class A compartment. (c) Class B. Cargo and baggage compartments are classified in the “B” category if enough access is provided while in flight to enable a member of the crew to effectively reach all of the compartment and its contents with a hand fire extinguisher and the compartment is so designed that, when the access provisions are being used, no hazardous amount of smoke, flames, or extinguishing agent enters any compartment occupied by the crew or passengers. Each Class B compartment must comply with the following: (1) It must have a separate approved smoke or fire detector system to give warning at the pilot or flight engineer station. (2) There must be a hand fire extinguisher available for the compartment. (3) It must be lined with fire-resistant material, except that additional service lining of flame-resistant material may be used. (d) Class C. Cargo and baggage compartments are classified in the “C” category if they do not conform with the requirements for the “A”, “B”, “D”, or “E” categories. Each Class C compartment must comply with the following: (1) It must have a separate approved smoke or fire detector system to give warning at the pilot or flight engineer station. (2) It must have an approved built-in fire-extinguishing system controlled from the pilot or flight engineer station. (3) It must be designed to exclude hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, or extinguishing agents from entering into any compartment occupied by the crew or passengers. (4) It must have ventilation and draft controlled so that the extinguishing agent provided can control any fire that may start in the compartment. (5) It must be lined with fire-resistant material, except that additional service lining of flame-resistant material may be used. (e) Class D. Cargo and baggage compartments are classified in the “D” category if they are so designed and constructed that a fire occurring therein will be completely confined without endangering the safety of the airplane or the occupants. Each Class D compartment must comply with the following: (1) It must have a means to exclude hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, or noxious gases from entering any compartment occupied by the crew or passengers. (2) Ventilation and drafts must be controlled within each compartment so that any fire likely to occur in the compartment will not progress beyond safe limits. (3) It must be completely lined with fire-resistant material. (4) Consideration must be given to the effect of heat within the compartment on adjacent critical parts of the airplane. (f) Class E. On airplanes used for the carriage of cargo only, the cabin area may be classified as a Class “E” compartment. Each Class E compartment must comply with the following: (1) It must be completely lined with fire-resistant material. (2) It must have a separate system of an approved type smoke or fire detector to give warning at the pilot or flight engineer station. (3) It must have a means to shut off the ventilating air flow to or within the compartment and the controls for that means must be accessible to the flight crew in the crew compartment. (4) It must have a means to exclude hazardous quantities of smoke, flames, or noxious gases from entering the flight crew compartment. (5) Required crew emergency exits must be accessible under all cargo loading conditions. Compliance with those provisions of §121.221 that refer to compartment accessibility, the entry of hazardous quantities of smoke or extinguishing agent into compartments occupied by the crew or passengers, and the dissipation of the extinguishing agent in Class “C” compartments must be shown by tests in flight. During these tests it must be shown that no inadvertent operation of smoke or fire detectors in other compartments within the airplane would occur as a result of fire contained in any one compartment, either during the time it is being extinguished, or thereafter, unless the extinguishing system floods those compartments simultaneously. If combustible fluid is used for propeller deicing, the certificate holder must comply with §121.255. (a) Pressure cross-feed lines may not pass through parts of the airplane used for carrying persons or cargo unless— (1) There is a means to allow crewmembers to shut off the supply of fuel to these lines; or (2) The lines are enclosed in a fuel and fume-proof enclosure that is ventilated and drained to the exterior of the airplane. However, such an enclosure need not be used if those lines incorporate no fittings on or within the personnel or cargo areas and are suitably routed or protected to prevent accidental damage. (b) Lines that can be isolated from the rest of the fuel system by valves at each end must incorporate provisions for relieving excessive pressures that may result from exposure of the isolated line to high temperatures. (a) Fuel tanks must be located in accordance with §121.255. (b) No part of the engine nacelle skin that lies immediately behind a major air outlet from the engine compartment may be used as the wall of an integral tank. (c) Fuel tanks must be isolated from personnel compartments by means of fume- and fuel-proof enclosures. (a) Fuel lines must be installed and supported so as to prevent excessive vibration and so as to be adequate to withstand loads due to fuel pressure and accelerated flight conditions. (b) Lines connected to components of the airplanes between which there may be relative motion must incorporate provisions for flexibility. (c) Flexible connections in lines that may be under pressure and subject to axial loading must use flexible hose assemblies rather than hose clamp connections. (d) Flexible hose must be of an acceptable type or proven suitable for the particular application. Fuel lines and fittings in each designated fire zone must comply with §121.259. Each fuel valve must— (a) Comply with §121.257; (b) Have positive stops or suitable index provisions in the “on” and “off” positions; and (c) Be supported so that loads resulting from its operation or from accelerated flight conditions are not transmitted to the lines connected to the valve. Oil line and fittings in each designated fire zone must comply with §121.259. (a) Each oil valve must— (1) Comply with §121.257; (2) Have positive stops or suitable index provisions in the “on” and “off” positions; and (3) Be supported so that loads resulting from its operation or from accelerated flight conditions are not transmitted to the lines attached to the valve. (b) The closing of an oil shutoff means must not prevent feathering the propeller, unless equivalent safety provisions are incorporated. Accessible drains incorporating either a manual or automatic means for positive locking in the closed position, must be provided to allow safe drainage of the entire oil system. (a) Engine breather lines must be so arranged that condensed water vapor that may freeze and obstruct the line cannot accumulate at any point. (b) Engine breathers must discharge in a location that does not constitute a fire hazard in case foaming occurs and so that oil emitted from the line does not impinge upon the pilots' windshield. (c) Engine breathers may not discharge into the engine air induction system. Each engine, auxiliary power unit, fuel-burning heater, or other item of combustion equipment that is intended for operation in flight must be isolated from the rest of the airplane by means of firewalls or shrouds, or by other equivalent means. Each fire wall and shroud must— (a) Be so made that no hazardous quantity of air, fluids, or flame can pass from the engine compartment to other parts of the airplane; (b) Have all openings in the fire wall or shroud sealed with close-fitting fire-proof grommets, bushings, or firewall fittings; (c) Be made of fireproof material; and (d) Be protected against corrosion. (a) Cowling must be made and supported so as to resist the vibration inertia, and air loads to which it may be normally subjected. (b) Provisions must be made to allow rapid and complete drainage of the cowling in normal ground and flight attitudes. Drains must not discharge in locations constituting a fire hazard. Parts of the cowling that are subjected to high temperatures because they are near exhaust system parts or because of exhaust gas impingement must be made of fireproof material. Unless otherwise specified in these regulations all other parts of the cowling must be made of material that is at least fire resistant. Unless equivalent protection can be shown by other means, a diaphragm that complies with §121.247 must be provided on air-cooled engines to isolate the engine power section and all parts of the exhaust system from the engine accessory compartment. (a) Designated fire zones must be protected from fire by compliance with §§121.255 through 121.261. (b) Designated fire zones are— (1) Engine accessory sections; (2) Installations where no isolation is provided between the engine and accessory compartment; and (3) Areas that contain auxiliary power units, fuel-burning heaters, and other combustion equipment. (a) No tanks or reservoirs that are a part of a system containing flammable fluids or gases may be located in designated fire zones, except where the fluid contained, the design of the system, the materials used in the tank, the shutoff means, and the connections, lines, and controls provide equivalent safety. (b) At least one-half inch of clear airspace must be provided between any tank or reservoir and a firewall or shroud isolating a designated fire zone. (a) Each engine must have a means for shutting off or otherwise preventing hazardous amounts of fuel, oil, deicer, and other flammable fluids from flowing into, within, or through any designated fire zone. However, means need not be provided to shut off flow in lines that are an integral part of an engine. (b) The shutoff means must allow an emergency operating sequence that is compatible with the emergency operation of other equipment, such as feathering the propeller, to facilitate rapid and effective control of fires. (c) Shutoff means must be located outside of designated fire zones, unless equivalent safety is provided, and it must be shown that no hazardous amount of flammable fluid will drain into any designated fire zone after a shut off. (d) Adequate provisions must be made to guard against inadvertent operation of the shutoff means and to make it possible for the crew to reopen the shutoff means after it has been closed. (a) Each line, and its fittings, that is located in a designated fire zone, if it carries flammable fluids or gases under pressure, or is attached directly to the engine, or is subject to relative motion between components (except lines and fittings forming an integral part of the engine), must be flexible and fire-resistant with fire-resistant, factory-fixed, detachable, or other approved fire-resistant ends. (b) Lines and fittings that are not subject to pressure or to relative motion between components must be of fire-resistant materials. All vent and drain lines and their fittings, that are located in a designated fire zone must, if they carry flammable fluids or gases, comply with §121.259, if the Administrator finds that the rupture or breakage of any vent or drain line may result in a fire hazard. (a) Unless the certificate holder shows that equivalent protection against destruction of the airplane in case of fire is provided by the use of fireproof materials in the nacelle and other components that would be subjected to flame, fire-extinguishing systems must be provided to serve all designated fire zones. (b) Materials in the fire-extinguishing system must not react chemically with the extinguishing agent so as to be a hazard. Only methyl bromide, carbon dioxide, or another agent that has been shown to provide equivalent extinguishing action may be used as a fire-extinguishing agent. If methyl bromide or any other toxic extinguishing agent is used, provisions must be made to prevent harmful concentrations of fluid or fluid vapors from entering any personnel compartment either because of leakage during normal operation of the airplane or because of discharging the fire extinguisher on the ground or in flight when there is a defect in the extinguishing system. If a methyl bromide system is used, the containers must be charged with dry agent and sealed by the fire-extinguisher manufacturer or some other person using satisfactory recharging equipment. If carbon dioxide is used, it must not be possible to discharge enough gas into the personnel compartments to create a danger of suffocating the occupants. Extinguishing agent containers must be provided with a pressure relief to prevent bursting of the container because of excessive internal pressures. The discharge line from the relief connection must terminate outside the airplane in a place convenient for inspection on the ground. An indicator must be provided at the discharge end of the line to provide a visual indication when the container has discharged. Precautions must be taken to insure that the extinguishing agent containers are installed in places where reasonable temperatures can be maintained for effective use of the extinguishing system. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each component of a fire-extinguishing system that is in a designated fire zone must be made of fireproof materials. (b) Connections that are subject to relative motion between components of the airplane must be made of flexible materials that are at least fire-resistant and be located so as to minimize the probability of failure. Enough quick-acting fire detectors must be provided in each designated fire zone to assure the detection of any fire that may occur in that zone. Fire detectors must be made and installed in a manner that assures their ability to resist, without failure, all vibration, inertia, and other loads to which they may be normally subjected. Fire detectors must be unaffected by exposure to fumes, oil, water, or other fluids that may be present. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, all airplane surfaces aft of the nacelles in the area of one nacelle diameter on both sides of the nacelle centerline must be made of material that is at least fire resistant. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to tail surfaces lying behind nacelles unless the dimensional configuration of the airplane is such that the tail surfaces could be affected readily by heat, flames, or sparks emanating from a designated fire zone or from the engine compartment of any nacelle. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each airplane must have a means of individually stopping and restarting the rotation of any engine in flight. (b) In the case of turbine engine installations, a means of stopping the rotation need be provided only if the Administrator finds that rotation could jeopardize the safety of the airplane. (a) Each airplane fuel system must be arranged so that the failure of any one component does not result in the irrecoverable loss of power of more than one engine. (b) A separate fuel tank need not be provided for each engine if the certificate holder shows that the fuel system incorporates features that provide equivalent safety. A means for preventing the malfunctioning of each engine due to ice accumulation in the engine air induction system must be provided for each airplane. (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) or this section, no certificate holder may carry cargo in the passenger compartment of an airplane. (b) Cargo may be carried anywhere in the passenger compartment if it is carried in an approved cargo bin that meets the following requirements: (1) The bin must withstand the load factors and emergency landing conditions applicable to the passenger seats of the airplane in which the bin is installed, multiplied by a factor of 1.15, using the combined weight of the bin and the maximum weight of cargo that may be carried in the bin. (2) The maximum weight of cargo that the bin is approved to carry and any instructions necessary to insure proper weight distribution within the bin must be conspicuously marked on the bin. (3) The bin may not impose any load on the floor or other structure of the airplane that exceeds the load limitations of that structure. (4) The bin must be attached to the seat tracks or to the floor structure of the airplane, and its attachment must withstand the load factors and emergency landing conditions applicable to the passenger seats of the airplane in which the bin is installed, multiplied by either the factor 1.15 or the seat attachment factor specified for the airplane, whichever is greater, using the combined weight of the bin and the maximum weight of cargo that may be carried in the bin. (5) The bin may not be installed in a position that restricts access to or use of any required emergency exit, or of the aisle in the passenger compartment. (6) The bin must be fully enclosed and made of material that is at least flame resistant. (7) Suitable safeguards must be provided within the bin to prevent the cargo from shifting under emergency landing conditions. (8) The bin may not be installed in a position that obscures any passenger's view of the “seat belt” sign “no smoking” sign, or any required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or other approved means for proper notification of the passenger is provided. (c) Cargo may be carried aft of a bulkhead or divider in any passenger compartment provided the cargo is restrained to the load factors in §25.561(b)(3) and is loaded as follows: (1) It is properly secured by a safety belt or other tiedown having enough strength to eliminate the possibility of shifting under all normally anticipated flight and ground conditions. (2) It is packaged or covered in a manner to avoid possible injury to passengers and passenger compartment occupants. (3) It does not impose any load on seats or the floor structure that exceeds the load limitation for those components. (4) Its location does not restrict access to or use of any required emergency or regular exit, or of the aisle in the passenger compartment. (5) Its location does not obscure any passenger's view of the “seat belt” sign, “no smoking” sign, or required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or other approved means for proper notification of the passenger is provided. (d) Cargo, including carry-on baggage, may be carried anywhere in the passenger compartment of a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, if it is carried in an approved cargo rack, bin, or compartment installed in or on the airplane, if it is secured by an approved means, or if it is carried in accordance with each of the following: (1) For cargo, it is properly secured by a safety belt or other tie-down having enough strength to eliminate the possibility of shifting under all normally anticipated flight and ground conditions, or for carry-on baggage, it is restrained so as to prevent its movement during air turbulence. (2) It is packaged or covered to avoid possible injury to occupants. (3) It does not impose any load on seats or in the floor structure that exceeds the load limitation for those components. (4) It is not located in a position that obstructs the access to, or use of, any required emergency or regular exit, or the use of the aisle between the crew and the passenger compartment, or is located in a position that obscures any passenger's view of the “seat belt” sign, “no smoking” sign or placard, or any required exit sign, unless an auxiliary sign or other approved means for proper notification of the passengers is provided. (5) It is not carried directly above seated occupants. (6) It is stowed in compliance with this section for takeoff and landing. (7) For cargo-only operations, paragraph (d)(4) of this section does not apply if the cargo is loaded so that at least one emergency or regular exit is available to provide all occupants of the airplane a means of unobstructed exit from the airplane if an emergency occurs. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–179, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65928, Dec. 20, 1995] When cargo is carried in cargo compartments that are designed to require the physical entry of a crewmember to extinguish any fire that may occur during flight, the cargo must be loaded so as to allow a crewmember to effectively reach all parts of the compartment with the contents of a hand fire extinguisher. (a) Except for airplanes that comply with the requirements of §25.729 of this chapter on or after January 6, 1992, each airplane must have a landing gear aural warning device that functions continuously under the following conditions: (1) For airplanes with an established approach wing-flap position, whenever the wing flaps are extended beyond the maximum certificated approach climb configuration position in the Airplane Flight Manual and the landing gear is not fully extended and locked. (2) For airplanes without an established approach climb wing-flap position, whenever the wing flaps are extended beyond the position at which landing gear extension is normally performed and the landing gear is not fully extended and locked. (b) The warning system required by paragraph (a) of this section— (1) May not have a manual shutoff; (2) Must be in addition to the throttle-actuated device installed under the type certification airworthiness requirements; and (3) May utilize any part of the throttle-actuated system including the aural warning device. (c) The flap position sensing unit may be installed at any suitable place in the airplane. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3638, Mar. 19, 1965; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–227, 56 FR 63762, Dec. 5, 1991; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, each certificate holder must conduct an actual demonstration of emergency evacuation procedures in accordance with paragraph (a) of appendix D to this part to show that each type and model of airplane with a seating capacity of more than 44 passengers to be used in its passenger-carrying operations allows the evacuation of the full capacity, including crewmembers, in 90 seconds or less. (1) An actual demonstration need not be conducted if that airplane type and model has been shown to be in compliance with this paragraph in effect on or after October 24, 1967, or, if during type certification, with §25.803 of this chapter in effect on or after December 1, 1978. (2) Any actual demonstration conducted after September 27, 1993, must be in accordance with paragraph (a) of appendix D to this part in effect on or after that date or with §25.803 in effect on or after that date. (b) Each certificate holder conducting operations with airplanes with a seating capacity of more than 44 passengers must conduct a partial demonstration of emergency evacuation procedures in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section upon: (1) Initial introduction of a type and model of airplane into passenger-carrying operation; (2) Changing the number, location, or emergency evacuation duties or procedures of flight attendants who are required by §121.391; or (3) Changing the number, location, type of emergency exits, or type of opening mechanism on emergency exits available for evacuation. (c) In conducting the partial demonstration required by paragraph (b) of this section, each certificate holder must: (1) Demonstrate the effectiveness of its crewmember emergency training and evacuation procedures by conducting a demonstration, not requiring passengers and observed by the Administrator, in which the flight attendants for that type and model of airplane, using that operator's line operating procedures, open 50 percent of the required floor-level emergency exits and 50 percent of the required non-floor-level emergency exits whose opening by a flight attendant is defined as an emergency evacuation duty under §121.397, and deploy 50 percent of the exit slides. The exits and slides will be selected by the administrator and must be ready for use within 15 seconds; (2) Apply for and obtain approval from the certificate-holding district office before conducting the demonstration; (3) Use flight attendants in this demonstration who have been selected at random by the Administrator, have completed the certificate holder's FAA-approved training program for the type and model of airplane, and have passed a written or practical examination on the emergency equipment and procedures; and (4) Apply for and obtain approval from the certificate-holding district office before commencing operations with this type and model airplane. (d) Each certificate holder operating or proposing to operate one or more landplanes in extended overwater operations, or otherwise required to have certain equipment under §121.339, must show, by simulated ditching conducted in accordance with paragraph (b) of appendix D to this part, that it has the ability to efficiently carry out its ditching procedures. For certificate holders subject to §121.2(a)(1), this paragraph applies only when a new type or model airplane is introduced into the certificate holder's operations after January 19, 1996. (e) For a type and model airplane for which the simulated ditching specified in paragraph (d) has been conducted by a part 121 certificate holder, the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(4), and (b)(5) of appendix D to this part are complied with if each life raft is removed from stowage, one life raft is launched and inflated (or one slide life raft is inflated) and crewmembers assigned to the inflated life raft display and describe the use of each item of required emergency equipment. The life raft or slide life raft to be inflated will be selected by the Administrator. [Doc. No. 21269, 46 FR 61453, Dec. 17, 1981, as amended by Amdt. 121–233, 58 FR 45230, Aug. 26, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–307, 69 FR 67499, Nov. 17, 2004] No certificate holder may operate a nontransport category airplane manufactured after December 20, 1999 unless the airplane contains a takeoff warning system that meets the requirements of 14 CFR 25.703. However, the takeoff warning system does not have to cover any device for which it has been demonstrated that takeoff with that device in the most adverse position would not create a hazardous condition. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes instrument and equipment requirements for all certificate holders. (a) Unless otherwise specified, the instrument and equipment requirements of this subpart apply to all operations under this part. (b) Instruments and equipment required by §§121.305 through 121.359 and 121.803 must be approved and installed in accordance with the airworthiness requirements applicable to them. (c) Each airspeed indicator must be calibrated in knots, and each airspeed limitation and item of related information in the Airplane Flight Manual and pertinent placards must be expressed in knots. (d) Except as provided in §§121.627(b) and 121.628, no person may take off any airplane unless the following instruments and equipment are in operable condition: (1) Instruments and equipment required to comply with airworthiness requirements under which the airplane is type certificated and as required by §§121.213 through 121.283 and 121.289. (2) Instruments and equipment specified in §§121.305 through 121.321, 121.359, 121.360, and 121.803 for all operations, and the instruments and equipment specified in §§121.323 through 121.351 for the kind of operation indicated, wherever these items are not already required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19202, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–44, 33 FR 14406, Sept. 25, 1968; Amdt. 121–65, 35 FR 12709, Aug. 11, 1970; Amdt. 121–114, 39 FR 44440, Dec. 24, 1974; Amdt. 121–126, 40 FR 55314, Nov. 28, 1975; Amdt. 121–222, 56 FR 12310, Mar. 22, 1991; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] No person may operate an airplane unless it is equipped with the following flight and navigational instruments and equipment: (a) An airspeed indicating system with heated pitot tube or equivalent means for preventing malfunctioning due to icing. (b) A sensitive altimeter. (c) A sweep-second hand clock (or approved equivalent). (d) A free-air temperature indicator. (e) A gyroscopic bank and pitch indicator (artificial horizon). (f) A gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator combined with an integral slip-skid indicator (turn-and-bank indicator) except that only a slip-skid indicator is required when a third attitude instrument system usable through flight attitudes of 360° of pitch and roll is installed in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section. (g) A gyroscopic direction indicator (directional gyro or equivalent). (h) A magnetic compass. (i) A vertical speed indicator (rate-of-climb indicator). (j) On the airplane described in this paragraph, in addition to two gyroscopic bank and pitch indicators (artificial horizons) for use at the pilot stations, a third such instrument is installed in accordance with paragraph (k) of this section: (1) On each turbojet powered airplane. (2) On each turbopropeller powered airplane having a passenger-seat configuration of more than 30 seats, excluding each crewmember seat, or a payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds. (3) On each turbopropeller powered airplane having a passenger-seat configuration of 30 seats or fewer, excluding each crewmember seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less that is manufactured on or after March 20, 1997. (4) After December 20, 2010, on each turbopropeller powered airplane having a passenger seat configuration of 10–30 seats and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less that was manufactured before March 20, 1997. (k) When required by paragraph (j) of this section, a third gyroscopic bank-and-pitch indicator (artificial horizon) that: (1) Is powered from a source independent of the electrical generating system; (2) Continues reliable operation for a minimum of 30 minutes after total failure of the electrical generating system; (3) Operates independently of any other attitude indicating system; (4) Is operative without selection after total failure of the electrical generating system; (5) Is located on the instrument panel in a position acceptable to the Administrator that will make it plainly visible to and usable by each pilot at his or her station; and (6) Is appropriately lighted during all phases of operation. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–57, 35 FR 304, Jan. 8, 1970; Amdt. 121–60, 35 FR 7108, May 6, 1970; Amdt. 121–81, 36 FR 23050, Dec. 3, 1971; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–230, 58 FR 12158, Mar. 3, 1993; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may operate, nor may any operator or pilot in command of an aircraft allow the operation of, any portable electronic device on any U.S.-registered civil aircraft operating under this part. (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to— (1) Portable voice recorders; (2) Hearing aids; (3) Heart pacemakers; (4) Electric shavers; or (5) Any other portable electronic device that the part 119 certificate holder has determined will not cause interference with the navigation or communication system of the aircraft on which it is to be used. (c) The determination required by paragraph (b)(5) of this section shall be made by that part 119 certificate holder operating the particular device to be used. [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1080, Jan. 7, 1999] Unless the Administrator allows or requires different instrumentation for turbine engine powered airplanes to provide equivalent safety, no person may conduct any operation under this part without the following engine instruments: (a) A carburetor air temperature indicator for each engine. (b) A cylinder head temperature indicator for each air-cooled engine. (c) A fuel pressure indicator for each engine. (d) A fuel flowmeter or fuel mixture indicator for each engine not equipped with an automatic altitude mixture control. (e) A means for indicating fuel quantity in each fuel tank to be used. (f) A manifold pressure indicator for each engine. (g) An oil pressure indicator for each engine. (h) An oil quantity indicator for each oil tank when a transfer or separate oil reserve supply is used. (i) An oil-in temperature indicator for each engine. (j) A tachometer for each engine. (k) An independent fuel pressure warning device for each engine or a master warning device for all engines with a means for isolating the individual warning circuits from the master warning device. (l) A device for each reversible propeller, to indicate to the pilot when the propeller is in reverse pitch, that complies with the following: (1) The device may be actuated at any point in the reversing cycle between the normal low pitch stop position and full reverse pitch, but it may not give an indication at or above the normal low pitch stop position. (2) The source of indication must be actuated by the propeller blade angle or be directly responsive to it. (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, no person may operate a passenger-carrying airplane unless each lavatory in the airplane is equipped with a smoke detector system or equivalent that provides a warning light in the cockpit or provides a warning light or audio warning in the passenger cabin which would be readily detected by a flight attendant, taking into consideration the positioning of flight attendants throughout the passenger compartment during various phases of flight. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may operate a passenger-carrying airplane unless each lavatory in the airplane is equipped with a built-in fire extinguisher for each disposal receptacle for towels, paper, or waste located within the lavatory. The built-in fire extinguisher must be designed to discharge automatically into each disposal receptacle upon occurrence of a fire in the receptacle. (c) Until December 22, 1997, a certificate holder described in §121.2(a) (1) or (2) may operate an airplane with a passenger seat configuration of 30 or fewer seats that does not comply with the smoke detector system requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section and the fire extinguisher requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section. (d) After December 22, 1997, no person may operate a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, with a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 seats unless that airplane complies with the smoke detector system requirements described in paragraph (a) of this section, except that the smoke detector system or equivalent must provide a warning light in the cockpit or an audio warning that would be readily detected by the flightcrew. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) General: No person may operate an airplane unless it is equipped with the emergency equipment listed in this section and in §121.310. (b) Each item of emergency and flotation equipment listed in this section and in §§121.310, 121.339, and 121.340— (1) Must be inspected regularly in accordance with inspection periods established in the operations specifications to ensure its condition for continued serviceability and immediate readiness to perform its intended emergency purposes; (2) Must be readily accessible to the crew and, with regard to equipment located in the passenger compartment, to passengers; (3) Must be clearly identified and clearly marked to indicate its method of operation; and (4) When carried in a compartment or container, must be carried in a compartment or container marked as to contents and the compartment or container, or the item itself, must be marked as to date of last inspection. (c) Hand fire extinguishers for crew, passenger, cargo, and galley compartments. Hand fire extinguishers of an approved type must be provided for use in crew, passenger, cargo, and galley compartments in accordance with the following: (1) The type and quantity of extinguishing agent must be suitable for the kinds of fires likely to occur in the compartment where the extinguisher is intended to be used and, for passenger compartments, must be designed to minimize the hazard of toxic gas concentrations. (2) Cargo compartments. At least one hand fire extinguisher must be conveniently located for use in each class E cargo compartment that is accessible to crewmembers during flight. (3) Galley compartments. At least one hand fire extinguisher must be conveniently located for use in each galley located in a compartment other than a passenger, cargo, or crew compartment. (4) Flightcrew compartment. At least one hand fire extinguisher must be conveniently located on the flight deck for use by the flightcrew. (5) Passenger compartments. Hand fire extinguishers for use in passenger compartments must be conveniently located and, when two or more are required, uniformly distributed throughout each compartment. Hand fire extinguishers shall be provided in passenger compartments as follows: (i) For airplanes having passenger seats accommodating more than 6 but fewer than 31 passengers, at least one. (ii) For airplanes having passenger seats accommodating more than 30 but fewer than 61 passengers, at least two. (iii) For airplanes having passenger seats accommodating more than 60 passengers, there must be at least the following number of hand fire extinguishers: (6) Notwithstanding the requirement for uniform distribution of hand fire extinguishers as prescribed in paragraph (c)(5) of this section, for those cases where a galley is located in a passenger compartment, at least one hand fire extinguisher must be conveniently located and easily accessible for use in the galley. (7) At least two of the required hand fire extinguisher installed in passenger-carrying airplanes must contain Halon 1211 (bromochlorofluoromethane) or equivalent as the extinguishing agent. At least one hand fire extinguisher in the passenger compartment must contain Halon 1211 or equivalent. (d) [Reserved] (e) Crash ax. Except for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, each airplane must be equipped with a crash ax. (f) Megaphones. Each passenger-carrying airplane must have a portable battery-powered megaphone or megaphones readily accessible to the crewmembers assigned to direct emergency evacuation, installed as follows: (1) One megaphone on each airplane with a seating capacity of more than 60 and less than 100 passengers, at the most rearward location in the passenger cabin where it would be readily accessible to a normal flight attendant seat. However, the Administrator may grant a deviation from the requirements of this subparagraph if he finds that a different location would be more useful for evacuation of persons during an emergency. (2) Two megaphones in the passenger cabin on each airplane with a seating capacity of more than 99 passengers, one installed at the forward end and the other at the most rearward location where it would be readily accessible to a normal flight attendant seat. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–30, 32 FR 13267, Sept. 20, 1967; Amdt. 121–48, 34 FR 11489, July 11, 1969; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22377, Aug. 20, 1973; Amdt. 121–185, 50 FR 12733, Mar. 29, 1985; 50 FR 14373, Apr. 12, 1985; Amdt. 121–188, 51 FR 1223, Jan. 9, 1986; Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 121–242, 59 FR 52642, Oct. 18, 1994; 59 FR 55208, Nov. 4, 1994; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65930, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] (a) Means for emergency evacuation. Each passenger-carrying landplane emergency exit (other than over-the-wing) that is more than 6 feet from the ground with the airplane on the ground and the landing gear extended, must have an approved means to assist the occupants in descending to the ground. The assisting means for a floor-level emergency exit must meet the requirements of §25.809(f)(1) of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972, except that, for any airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed after that date, it must meet the requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. An assisting means that deploys automatically must be armed during taxiing, takeoffs, and landings. However, if the Administrator finds that the design of the exit makes compliance impractical, he may grant a deviation from the requirement of automatic deployment if the assisting means automatically erects upon deployment and, with respect to required emergency exits, if an emergency evacuation demonstration is conducted in accordance with §121.291(a). This paragraph does not apply to the rear window emergency exit of DC–3 airplanes operated with less than 36 occupants, including crewmembers and less than five exits authorized for passenger use. (b) Interior emergency exit marking. The following must be complied with for each passenger-carrying airplane: (1) Each passenger emergency exit, its means of access, and its means of opening must be conspicuously marked. The identity and location of each passenger emergency exit must be recognizable from a distance equal to the width of the cabin. The location of each passenger emergency exit must be indicated by a sign visible to occupants approaching along the main passenger aisle. There must be a locating sign— (i) Above the aisle near each over-the-wing passenger emergency exit, or at another ceiling location if it is more practical because of low headroom; (ii) Next to each floor level passenger emergency exit, except that one sign may serve two such exits if they both can be seen readily from that sign; and (iii) On each bulkhead or divider that prevents fore and aft vision along the passenger cabin, to indicate emergency exits beyond and obscured by it, except that if this is not possible the sign may be placed at another appropriate location. (2) Each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must meet the following: (i) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, for an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must be manufactured to meet the requirements of §25.812(b) of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972. On these airplanes, no sign may continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness) decreases to below 100 microlamberts. The colors may be reversed if it increases the emergency illumination of the passenger compartment. However, the Administrator may authorize deviation from the 2-inch background requirements if he finds that special circumstances exist that make compliance impractical and that the proposed deviation provides an equivalent level of safety. (ii) For a transport category airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must be manufactured to meet the interior emergency exit marking requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. On these airplanes, no sign may continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness) decreases to below 250 microlamberts. (iii) For a nontransport category turbopropeller powered airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, each passenger emergency exit marking and each locating sign must be manufactured to meet the requirements of §23.811(b) of this chapter. On these airplanes, no sign may continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness) decreases to below 100 microlamberts. (c) Lighting for interior emergency exit markings. Except for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, each passenger-carrying airplane must have an emergency lighting system, independent of the main lighting system. However, sources of general cabin illumination may be common to both the emergency and the main lighting systems if the power supply to the emergency lighting system is independent of the power supply to the main lighting system. The emergency lighting system must— (1) Illuminate each passenger exit marking and locating sign; (2) Provide enough general lighting in the passenger cabin so that the average illumination when measured at 40-inch intervals at seat armrest height, on the centerline of the main passenger aisle, is at least 0.05 foot-candles; and (3) For airplanes type certificated after January 1, 1958, after November 26, 1986, include floor proximity emergency escape path marking which meets the requirements of §25.812(e) of this chapter in effect on November 26, 1984. (d) Emergency light operation. Except for lights forming part of emergency lighting subsystems provided in compliance with §25.812(h) of this chapter (as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section) that serve no more than one assist means, are independent of the airplane's main emergency lighting systems, and are automatically activated when the assist means is deployed, each light required by paragraphs (c) and (h) of this section must comply with the following: (1) Each light must— (i) Be operable manually both from the flightcrew station and, for airplanes on which a flight attendant is required, from a point in the passenger compartment that is readily accessible to a normal flight attendant seat; (ii) Have a means to prevent inadvertent operation of the manual controls; and (iii) When armed or turned on at either station, remain lighted or become lighted upon interruption of the airplane's normal electric power. (2) Each light must be armed or turned on during taxiing, takeoff, and landing. In showing compliance with this paragraph a transverse vertical separation of the fuselage need not be considered. (3) Each light must provide the required level of illumination for at least 10 minutes at the critical ambient conditions after emergency landing. (4) Each light must have a cockpit control device that has an “on,” “off,” and “armed” position. (e) Emergency exit operating handles. (1) For a passenger-carrying airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, the location of each passenger emergency exit operating handle, and instructions for opening the exit, must be shown by a marking on or near the exit that is readable from a distance of 30 inches. In addition, for each Type I and Type II emergency exit with a locking mechanism released by rotary motion of the handle, the instructions for opening must be shown by— (i) A red arrow with a shaft at least three-fourths inch wide and a head twice the width of the shaft, extending along at least 70° of arc at a radius approximately equal to three-fourths of the handle length; and (ii) The word “open” in red letters 1 inch high placed horizontally near the head of the arrow. (2) For a passenger-carrying airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, the location of each passenger emergency exit operating handle and instructions for opening the exit must be shown in accordance with the requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. On these airplanes, no operating handle or operating handle cover may continue to be used if its luminescence (brightness) decreases to below 100 microlamberts. (f) Emergency exit access. Access to emergency exits must be provided as follows for each passenger-carrying transport category airplane: (1) Each passage way between individual passenger areas, or leading to a Type I or Type II emergency exit, must be unobstructed and at least 20 inches wide. (2) For each Type I or Type II emergency exit equipped with an assist means, there must be enough space next to the exit to allow a crewmember to assist in the evacuation of passengers without reducing the unobstructed width of the passageway below that required in paragraph (f)(1) of this section. In addition, all airplanes manufactured on or after November 26, 2008 must comply with the provisions of §§25.813(b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) in effect on November 26, 2004. However, a deviation from this requirement may be authorized for an airplane certificated under the provisions of part 4b of the Civil Air Regulations in effect before December 20, 1951, if the Administrator finds that special circumstances exist that provide an equivalent level of safety. (3) There must be access from the main aisle to each Type III and Type IV exit. The access from the aisle to these exits must not be obstructed by seats, berths, or other protrusions in a manner that would reduce the effectiveness of the exit. In addition— (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, the access must meet the requirements of §25.813(c) of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972; and (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, the access must meet the emergency exit access requirements under which the airplane was type certificated; except that, (iii) After December 3, 1992, the access for an airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958, must meet the requirements of §25.813(c) of this chapter, effective June 3, 1992. (iv) Contrary provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Manager of the Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, Federal Aviation Administration, may authorize deviation from the requirements of paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section if it is determined that special circumstances make compliance impractical. Such special circumstances include, but are not limited to, the following conditions when they preclude achieving compliance with §25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) without a reduction in the total number of passenger seats: emergency exits located in close proximity to each other; fixed installations such as lavatories, galleys, etc.; permanently mounted bulkheads; an insufficient number of rows ahead of or behind the exit to enable compliance without a reduction in the seat row pitch of more than one inch; or an insufficient number of such rows to enable compliance without a reduction in the seat row pitch to less than 30 inches. A request for such grant of deviation must include credible reasons as to why literal compliance with §25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) is impractical and a description of the steps taken to achieve a level of safety as close to that intended by §25.813(c)(1)(i) or (ii) as is practical. (v) The Manager of the Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, Federal Aviation Administration, may also authorize a compliance date later than December 3, 1992, if it is determined that special circumstances make compliance by that date impractical. A request for such grant of deviation must outline the airplanes for which compliance will be achieved by December 3, 1992, and include a proposed schedule for incremental compliance of the remaining airplanes in the operator's fleet. In addition, the request must include credible reasons why compliance cannot be achieved earlier. (4) If it is necessary to pass through a passageway between passenger compartments to reach any required emergency exit from any seat in the passenger cabin, the passageway must not be obstructed. However, curtains may be used if they allow free entry through the passageway. (5) No door may be installed in any partition between passenger compartments. (6) No person may operate an airplane manufactured after November 27, 2006, that incorporates a door installed between any passenger seat occupiable for takeoff and landing and any passenger emergency exit, such that the door crosses any egress path (including aisles, crossaisles and passageways). (7) If it is necessary to pass through a doorway separating the passenger cabin from other areas to reach required emergency exit from any passenger seat, the door must have a means to latch it in open position, and the door must be latched open during each takeoff and landing. The latching means must be able to withstand the loads imposed upon it when the door is subjected to the ultimate inertia forces, relative to the surrounding structure, listed in §25.561(b) of this chapter. (g) Exterior exit markings. Each passenger emergency exit and the means of opening that exit from the outside must be marked on the outside of the airplane. There must be a 2-inch colored band outlining each passenger emergency exit on the side of the fuselage. Each outside marking, including the band, must be readily distinguishable from the surrounding fuselage area by contrast in color. The markings must comply with the following: (1) If the reflectance of the darker color is 15 percent or less, the reflectance of the lighter color must be at least 45 percent. (2) If the reflectance of the darker color is greater than 15 percent, at least a 30 percent difference between its reflectance and the reflectance of the lighter color must be provided. (3) Exits that are not in the side of the fuselage must have the external means of opening and applicable instructions marked conspicuously in red or, if red is inconspicuous against the background color, in bright chrome yellow and, when the opening means for such an exit is located on only one side of the fuselage, a conspicuous marking to that effect must be provided on the other side. Reflectance is the ratio of the luminous flux reflected by a body to the luminous flux it receives. (h) Exterior emergency lighting and escape route. (1) Except for nontransport category airplanes certificated after December 31, 1964, each passenger-carrying airplane must be equipped with exterior lighting that meets the following requirements: (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, the requirements of §25.812 (f) and (g) of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972. (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, the exterior emergency lighting requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. (2) Each passenger-carrying airplane must be equipped with a slip-resistant escape route that meets the following requirements: (i) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, the requirements of §25.803(e) of this chapter in effect on April 30, 1972. (ii) For an airplane for which the application for the type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, the slip-resistant escape route requirements under which the airplane was type certificated. (i) Floor level exits. Each floor level door or exit in the side of the fuselage (other than those leading into a cargo or baggage compartment that is not accessible from the passenger cabin) that is 44 or more inches high and 20 or more inches wide, but not wider than 46 inches, each passenger ventral exit (except the ventral exits on M–404 and CV–240 airplanes), and each tail cone exit, must meet the requirements of this section for floor level emergency exits. However, the Administrator may grant a deviation from this paragraph if he finds that circumstances make full compliance impractical and that an acceptable level of safety has been achieved. (j) Additional emergency exits. Approved emergency exits in the passenger compartments that are in excess of the minimum number of required emergency exits must meet all of the applicable provisions of this section except paragraphs (f)(1), (2), and (3) of this section and must be readily accessible. (k) On each large passenger-carrying turbojet-powered airplane, each ventral exit and tailcone exit must be— (1) Designed and constructed so that it cannot be opened during flight; and (2) Marked with a placard readable from a distance of 30 inches and installed at a conspicuous location near the means of opening the exit, stating that the exit has been designed and constructed so that it cannot be opened during flight. (l) Emergency exit features. (1) Each transport category airplane manufactured after November 26, 2007 must comply with the provisions of §25.809(i) and (2) After November 26, 2007 each transport category airplane must comply with the provisions of §25.813(b)(6)(ii) in effect on November 26, 2007. (m) Except for an airplane used in operations under this part on October 16, 1987, and having an emergency exit configuration installed and authorized for operation prior to October 16, 1987, for an airplane that is required to have more than one passenger emergency exit for each side of the fuselage, no passenger emergency exit shall be more than 60 feet from any adjacent passenger emergency exit on the same side of the same deck of the fuselage, as measured parallel to the airplane's longitudinal axis between the nearest exit edges. (n) Portable lights. No person may operate a passenger-carrying airplane unless it is equipped with flashlight stowage provisions accessible from each flight attendant seat. [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3205, Mar. 9, 1965] Editorial Note: For (a) No person may operate an airplane unless there are available during the takeoff, en route flight, and landing— (1) An approved seat or berth for each person on board the airplane who has reached his second birthday; and (2) An approved safety belt for separate use by each person on board the airplane who has reached his second birthday, except that two persons occupying a berth may share one approved safety belt and two persons occupying a multiple lounge or divan seat may share one approved safety belt during en route flight only. (b) Except as provided in this paragraph, each person on board an airplane operated under this part shall occupy an approved seat or berth with a separate safety belt properly secured about him or her during movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing. A safety belt provided for the occupant of a seat may not be used by more than one person who has reached his or her second birthday. Notwithstanding the preceding requirements, a child may: (1) Be held by an adult who is occupying an approved seat or berth, provided the child has not reached his or her second birthday and the child does not occupy or use any restraining device; or (2) Notwithstanding any other requirement of this chapter, occupy an approved child restraint system furnished by the certificate holder or one of the persons described in paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, provided: (i) The child is accompanied by a parent, guardian, or attendant designated by the child's parent or guardian to attend to the safety of the child during the flight; (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(D) of this section, the approved child restraint system bears one or more labels as follows: (A) Seats manufactured to U.S. standards between January 1, 1981, and February 25, 1985, must bear the label: “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards.” (B) Seats manufactured to U.S. standards on or after February 26, 1985, must bear two labels: (1) “This child restraint system conforms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards”; and (2) “THIS RESTRAINT IS CERTIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHICLES AND AIRCRAFT” in red lettering; (C) Seats that do not qualify under paragraphs (B)(2)(ii)(A) and (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section must bear a label or markings showing: (1) That the seat was approved by a foreign government; (2) That the seat was manufactured under the standards of the United Nations; or (3) That the seat or child restraint device furnished by the certificate holder was approved by the FAA through Type Certificate or Supplemental Type Certificate. (4) That the seat or child restraint device furnished by the certificate holder, or one of the persons described in paragraph (b) (2) (i) of this section, was approved by the FAA in accordance with §21.305(d) or Technical Standard Order C–100b, or a later version. (D) Except as provided in §121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and §121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(4), booster-type child restraint systems (as defined in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and harness-type child restraint systems, and lap held child restraints are not approved for use in aircraft; and (iii) The certificate holder complies with the following requirements: (A) The restraint system must be properly secured to an approved forward-facing seat or berth; (B) The child must be properly secured in the restraint system and must not exceed the specified weight limit for the restraint system; and (C) The restraint system must bear the appropriate label(s). (c) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the following prohibitions apply to certificate holders: (1) Except as provided in §121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(3) and §121.311(b)(2)(ii)(C)(4), no certificate holder may permit a child, in an aircraft, to occupy a booster-type child restraint system, a vest-type child restraint system, a harness-type child restraint system, or a lap held child restraint system during take off, landing, and movement on the surface. (2) Except as required in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, no certificate holder may prohibit a child, if requested by the child's parent, guardian, or designated attendant, from occupying a child restraint system furnished by the child's parent, guardian, or designated attendant provided— (i) The child holds a ticket for an approved seat or berth or such seat or berth is otherwise made available by the certificate holder for the child's use; (ii) The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section are met; (iii) The requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section are met; and (iv) The child restraint system has one or more of the labels described in paragraphs (b)(2)(ii)(A) through (b)(2)(ii)(C) of this section. (3) This section does not prohibit the certificate holder from providing child restraint systems authorized by this section or, consistent with safe operating practices, determining the most appropriate passenger seat location for the child restraint system. (d) Each sideward facing seat must comply with the applicable requirements of §25.785(c) of this chapter. (e) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(3) of this section, no certificate holder may take off or land an airplane unless each passenger seat back is in the upright position. Each passenger shall comply with instructions given by a crewmember in compliance with this paragraph. (1) This paragraph does not apply to seat backs placed in other than the upright position in compliance with §121.310(f)(3). (2) This paragraph does not apply to seats on which cargo or persons who are unable to sit erect for a medical reason are carried in accordance with procedures in the certificate holder's manual if the seat back does not obstruct any passenger's access to the aisle or to any emergency exit. (3) On airplanes with no flight attendant, the certificate holder may take off or land as long as the flightcrew instructs each passenger to place his or her seat back in the upright position for takeoff and landing. (f) No person may operate a transport category airplane that was type certificated after January 1, 1958, or a nontransport category airplane manufactured after March 20, 1997, unless it is equipped at each flight deck station with a combined safety belt and shoulder harness that meets the applicable requirements specified in §25.785 of this chapter, effective March 6, 1980, except that— (1) Shoulder harnesses and combined safety belt and shoulder harnesses that were approved and installed before March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; and (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness restraint systems may be designed to the inertia load factors established under the certification basis of the airplane. (g) Each flight attendant must have a seat for takeoff and landing in the passenger compartment that meets the requirements of §25.785 of this chapter, effective March 6, 1980, except that— (1) Combined safety belt and shoulder harnesses that were approved and installed before March, 6, 1980, may continue to be used; and (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness restraint systems may be designed to the inertia load factors established under the certification basis of the airplane. (3) The requirements of §25.785(h) do not apply to passenger seats occupied by flight attendants not required by §121.391. (h) Each occupant of a seat equipped with a shoulder harness or with a combined safety belt and shoulder harness must have the shoulder harness or combined safety belt and shoulder harness properly secured about that occupant during takeoff and landing, except that a shoulder harness that is not combined with a safety belt may be unfastened if the occupant cannot perform the required duties with the shoulder harness fastened. (i) At each unoccupied seat, the safety belt and shoulder harness, if installed, must be secured so as not to interfere with crewmembers in the performance of their duties or with the rapid egress of occupants in an emergency. (j) After October 27, 2009, no person may operate a transport category airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958 and manufactured on or after October 27, 2009 in passenger-carrying operations under this part unless all passenger and flight attendant seats on the airplane meet the requirements of §25.562 in effect on or after June 16, 1988. [Doc No. 7522, 32 FR 13267, Sept. 20, 1967; as amended by Amdt. 121–41, 33 FR 9067, June 20, 1968; Amdt. 121–75, 36 FR 12512, July 1, 1971; Amdt. 121–133, 42 FR 18394, Apr. 7, 1977; Amdt. 121–155, 45 FR 7756, Feb. 4, 1980; Amdt. 121–170, 46 FR 15482, Mar. 5, 1981; Amdt. 121–177, 47 FR 10516, Mar. 11, 1982; Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42673, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65930, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–255, 61 FR 28421, June 4, 1996; Amdt. 121–314, 70 FR 50907, Aug. 26, 2005; Amdt. 121–315, 70 FR 56559, Sept. 27, 2005; Amdt. 121–326, 71 FR 40009, July 14, 2006] (a) All interior materials; transport category airplanes and nontransport category airplanes type certificated before January 1, 1965. Except for the materials covered by paragraph (b) of this section, all materials in each compartment of a transport category airplane, or a nontransport category airplane type certificated before January 1, 1965, used by the crewmembers and passengers, must meet the requirements of §25.853 of this chapter in effect as follows, or later amendment thereto: (1) Airplane with passenger seating capacity of 20 or more—(i) Manufactured after August 19, 1988, but prior to August 20, 1990. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each airplane with a passenger capacity of 20 or more and manufactured after August 19, 1988, but prior to August 20, 1990, must comply with the heat release rate testing provisions of §25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986) (see App. L of this part), except that the total heat release over the first 2 minutes of sample exposure must not exceed 100 kilowatt minutes per square meter and the peak heat release rate must not exceed 100 kilowatts per square meter. (ii) Manufactured after August 19, 1990. Each airplane with a passenger capacity of 20 or more and manufactured after August 19, 1990, must comply with the heat release rate and smoke testing provisions of §25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a–1)(see app. L of this part) in effect on September 26, 1988). (2) Substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior on or after May 1, 1972—(i) Airplane for which the application for type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each airplane for which the application for type certificate was filed prior to May 1, 1972, must comply with the provisions of §25.853 in effect on April 30, 1972, regardless of passenger capacity, if there is a substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior after April 30, 1972. (ii) Airplane for which the application for type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(i) or (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each airplane for which the application for type certificate was filed on or after May 1, 1972, must comply with the material requirements under which the airplane was type certificated, regardless of passenger capacity, if there is a substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior on or after that date. (3) Airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958, with passenger capacity of 20 or more—(i) Substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior on or after March 6, 1995. Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section, each airplane that was type certificated after January 1, 1958, and has a passenger capacity of 20 or more, must comply with the heat release rate testing provisions of §25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a–1) in effect on August 20, 1986)(see app. L of this part), if there is a substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior components identified in §25.853(d), on or after that date, except that the total heat release over the first 2 minutes of sample exposure shall not exceed 100 kilowatt-minutes per square meter and the peak heat release rate must not exceed 100 kilowatts per square meter. (ii) Substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior on or after August 20, 1990. Each airplane that was type certificated after January 1, 1958, and has a passenger capacity of 20 or more, must comply with the heat release rate and smoke testing provisions of §25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a–1) in effect on September 26, 1988)(see app. L of this part), if there is a substantially complete replacement of the cabin interior components identified in §25.853(d), on or after August 20, 1990. (4) Contrary provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Manager of the Transport Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, Federal Aviation Administration, may authorize deviation from the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(ii) of this section for specific components of the cabin interior that do not meet applicable flammability and smoke emission requirements, if the determination is made that special circumstances exist that make compliance impractical. Such grants of deviation will be limited to those airplanes manufactured within 1 year after the applicable date specified in this section and those airplanes in which the interior is replaced within 1 year of that date. A request for such grant of deviation must include a thorough and accurate analysis of each component subject to §25.853(a–1), the steps being taken to achieve compliance, and, for the few components for which timely compliance will not be achieved, credible reasons for such noncompliance. (5) Contrary provisions of this section notwithstanding, galley carts and galley standard containers that do not meet the flammability and smoke emission requirements of §25.853(d) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a–1)) (see app. L of this part) may be used in airplanes that must meet the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii), (a)(3)(i), or (a)(3)(ii) of this section, provided the galley carts or standard containers were manufactured prior to March 6, 1995. (b) Seat cushions. Seat cushions, except those on flight crewmember seats, in each compartment occupied by crew or passengers, must comply with the requirements pertaining to seat cushions in §25.853(c) effective on November 26, 1984, on each airplane as follows: (1) Each transport category airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958; and (2) On or after December 20, 2010, each nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964. (c) All interior materials; airplanes type certificated in accordance with SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21. No person may operate an airplane that conforms to an amended or supplemental type certificate issued in accordance with SFAR No. 41 of 14 CFR part 21 for a maximum certificated takeoff weight in excess of 12,500 pounds unless the airplane meets the compartment interior requirements set forth in §25.853(a) in effect March 6, 1995 (formerly §25.853(a), (b), (b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) of this chapter in effect on September 26, 1978)(see app. L of this part). (d) All interior materials; other airplanes. For each material or seat cushion to which a requirement in paragraphs (a), (b), or (c) of this section does not apply, the material and seat cushion in each compartment used by the crewmembers and passengers must meet the applicable requirement under which the airplane was type certificated. (e) Thermal/acoustic insulation materials. For transport category airplanes type certificated after January 1, 1958: (1) For airplanes manufactured before September 2, 2005, when thermal/acoustic insulation is installed in the fuselage as replacements after September 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the flame propagation requirements of §25.856 of this chapter, effective September 2, 2003, if it is: (i) Of a blanket construction or (ii) Installed around air ducting. (2) For airplanes manufactured after September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic insulation materials installed in the fuselage must meet the flame propagation requirements of §25.856 of this chapter, effective September 2, 2003. (3) For airplanes with a passenger capacity of 20 or greater, manufactured after September 3, 2007, thermal/acoustic insulation materials installed in the lower half of the fuselage must meet the flame penetration resistance requirements of §25.856 of this chapter, effective September 2, 2003. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65930, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 121–301, 68 FR 45083, July 31, 2003; Amdt. 121–320, 70 FR 77752, Dec. 30, 2005] No person may conduct any operation unless the following equipment is installed in the airplane: (a) If protective fuses are installed on an airplane, the number of spare fuses approved for that airplane and appropriately described in the certificate holder's manual. (b) A windshield wiper or equivalent for each pilot station. (c) A power supply and distribution system that meets the requirements of §§25.1309, 25.1331, 25.1351(a) and (b)(1) through (4), 25.1353, 25.1355, and 25.1431(b) or that is able to produce and distribute the load for the required instruments and equipment, with use of an external power supply if any one power source or component of the power distribution system fails. The use of common elements in the system may be approved if the Administrator finds that they are designed to be reasonably protected against malfunctioning. Engine-driven sources of energy, when used, must be on separate engines. (d) A means for indicating the adequacy of the power being supplied to required flight instruments. (e) Two independent static pressure systems, vented to the outside atmospheric pressure so that they will be least affected by air flow variation or moisture or other foreign matter, and installed so as to be airtight except for the vent. When a means is provided for transferring an instrument from its primary operating system to an alternate system, the means must include a positive positioning control and must be marked to indicate clearly which system is being used. (f) A door between the passenger and pilot compartments (i.e., flightdeck door), with a locking means to prevent passengers from opening it without the pilot's permission, except that nontransport category airplanes certificated after December 31, 1964, are not required to comply with this paragraph. For airplanes equipped with a crew rest area having separate entries from the flightdeck and the passenger compartment, a door with such a locking means must be provided between the crew rest area and the passenger compartment. (g) A key for each door that separates a passenger compartment from another compartment that has emergency exit provisions. Except for flightdeck doors, a key must be readily available for each crewmember. Except as provided below, no person other than a person who is assigned to perform duty on the flightdeck may have a key to the flightdeck door. Before April 22, 2003, any crewmember may have a key to the flightdeck door but only if the flightdeck door has an internal flightdeck locking device installed, operative, and in use. Such “internal flightdeck locking device” has to be designed so that it can only be unlocked from inside the flightdeck. (h) A placard on each door that is the means of access to a required passenger emergency exit, to indicate that it must be open during takeoff and landing. (i) A means for the crew, in an emergency to unlock each door that leads to a compartment that is normally accessible to passengers and that can be locked by passengers. (j) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes required by paragraph (f) of this section to have a door between the passenger and pilot or crew rest compartments, and for transport category, all-cargo airplanes that have a door installed between the pilot compartment and any other occupied compartment on January 15, 2002; (1) After April 9, 2003, for airplanes required by paragraph (f) of this section to have a door between the passenger and pilot or crew rest compartments, (i) Each such door must meet the requirements of §25.795(a)(1) and (2) in effect on January 15, 2002; and (ii) Each operator must establish methods to enable a flight attendant to enter the pilot compartment in the event that a flightcrew member becomes incapacitated. Any associated signal or confirmation system must be operable by each flightcrew member from that flightcrew member's duty station. (2) After October 1, 2003, for transport category, all-cargo airplanes that had a door installed between the pilot compartment and any other occupied compartment on or after January 15, 2002, each such door must meet the requirements of §25.795(a)(1) and (2) in effect on January 15, 2002; or the operator must implement a security program approved by the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) for the operation of all airplanes in that operator's fleet. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–5, 30 FR 6113, Apr. 30, 1965; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–288, 67 FR 2127, Jan. 15, 2002; Amdt. 121–299, 68 FR 42881, July 18, 2003] For each transport category airplane type certificated after January 1, 1958: (a) Each Class C or Class D compartment, as defined in §25.857 of this Chapter in effect on June 16, 1986 (see Appendix L to this part), that is greater than 200 cubic feet in volume must have ceiling and sidewall liner panels which are constructed of: (1) Glass fiber reinforced resin; (2) Materials which meet the test requirements of part 25, appendix F, part III of this chapter; or (3) In the case of liner installations approved prior to March 20, 1989, aluminum. (b) For compliance with paragraph (a) of this section, the term “liner” includes any design feature, such as a joint or fastener, which would affect the capability of the liner to safely contain a fire. (c) After March 19, 2001, each Class D compartment, regardless of volume, must meet the standards of §§25.857(c) and 25.858 of this Chapter for a Class C compartment unless the operation is an all-cargo operation in which case each Class D compartment may meet the standards in §25.857(e) for a Class E compartment. (d) Reports of conversions and retrofits. (1) Until such time as all Class D compartments in aircraft operated under this part by the certificate have been converted or retrofitted with appropriate detection and suppression systems, each certificate holder must submit written progress reports to the FAA that contain the information specified below. (i) The serial number of each airplane listed in the operations specifications issued to the certificate holder for operation under this part in which all Class D compartments have been converted to Class C or Class E compartments; (ii) The serial number of each airplane listed in the operations specification issued to the certificate holder for operation under this part, in which all Class D compartments have been retrofitted to meet the fire detection and suppression requirements for Class C or the fire detection requirements for Class E; and (iii) The serial number of each airplane listed in the operations specifications issued to the certificate holder for operation under this part that has at least one Class D compartment that has not been converted or retrofitted. (2) The written report must be submitted to the Certificate Holding District Office by July 1, 1998, and at each three-month interval thereafter. [Doc. No. 28937, 63 FR 8049, Feb. 17, 1998] (a) Each certificate holder shall provide an approved cockpit check procedure for each type of aircraft. (b) The approved procedures must include each item necessary for flight crewmembers to check for safety before starting engines, taking off, or landing, and in engine and systems emergencies. The procedures must be designed so that a flight crewmember will not need to rely upon his memory for items to be checked. (c) The approved procedures must be readily usable in the cockpit of each aircraft and the flight crew shall follow them when operating the aircraft. Each turbine powered transport category airplane operated after October 30, 1991, must meet the requirements of §25.963(e) of this chapter in effect on October 30, 1989. [Doc. No. 25614, 54 FR 40354, Sept. 29, 1989] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, no person may operate an airplane unless it is equipped with passenger information signs that meet the requirements of §25.791 of this chapter. Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, the signs must be constructed so that the crewmembers can turn them on and off. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, the “Fasten Seat Belt” sign shall be turned on during any movement on the surface, for each takeoff, for each landing, and at any other time considered necessary by the pilot in command. (c) No person may operate an airplane on a flight on which smoking is prohibited by part 252 of this title unless either the “No Smoking” passenger information signs are lighted during the entire flight, or one or more “No Smoking” placards meeting the requirements of §25.1541 of this chapter are posted during the entire flight segment. If both the lighted signs and the placards are used, the signs must remain lighted during the entire flight segment. (d) No person may operate a passenger-carrying airplane under this part unless at least one legible sign or placard that reads “Fasten Seat Belt While Seated” is visible from each passenger seat. These signs or placards need not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. (e) No person may operate an airplane unless there is installed in each lavatory a sign or placard that reads: “Federal law provides for a penalty of up to $2,000 for tampering with the smoke detector installed in this lavatory.” These signs or placards need not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. (f) Each passenger required by §121.311(b) to occupy a seat or berth shall fasten his or her safety belt about him or her and keep it fastened while the “Fasten Seat Belt” sign is lighted. (g) No person may smoke while a “No Smoking” sign is lighted or while “No Smoking” placards are posted, except as follows: (1) Supplemental operations. The pilot in command of an airplane engaged in a supplemental operation may authorize smoking on the flight deck (if it is physically separated from any passenger compartment), but not in any of the following situations: (i) During airplane movement on the surface or during takeoff or landing; (ii) During scheduled passenger-carrying public charter operations conducted under part 380 of this title; or (iii) During any operation where smoking is prohibited by part 252 of this title or by international agreement. (2) Certain intrastate domestic operations. Except during airplane movement on the surface or during takeoff or landing, a pilot in command of an airplane engaged in a domestic operation may authorize smoking on the flight deck (if it is physically separated from the passenger compartment) if— (i) Smoking on the flight deck is not otherwise prohibited by part 252 of this title; (ii) The flight is conducted entirely within the same State of the United States (a flight from one place in Hawaii to another place in Hawaii through the airspace over a place outside of Hawaii is not entirely within the same State); and (iii) The airplane is either not turbojet-powered or the airplane is not capable of carrying at least 30 passengers. (h) No person may smoke in any airplane lavatory. (i) No person may tamper with, disable, or destroy any smoke detector installed in any airplane lavatory. (j) On flight segments other than those described in paragraph (c) of this section, the “No Smoking” sign must be turned on during any movement on the surface, for each takeoff, for each landing, and at any other time considered necessary by the pilot in command. (k) Each passenger shall comply with instructions given him or her by a crewmember regarding compliance with paragraphs (f), (g), (h), and (l) of this section. (l) A certificate holder may operate a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, that is manufactured before December 20, 1997, if it is equipped with at least one placard that is legible to each person seated in the cabin that states “Fasten Seat Belt,” and if, during any movement on the surface, for each takeoff, for each landing, and at any other time considered necessary by the pilot in command, a crewmember orally instructs the passengers to fasten their seat belts. [Doc. No. 25590, 53 FR 12361, Apr. 13, 1988, as amended by Amdt. 121–196, 53 FR 44182, Nov. 2, 1988; Amdt. 121–213, 55 FR 8367, Mar. 7, 1990; Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42673, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65931, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996; Amdt. 121–277, 65 FR 36779, June 9, 2000] No person may operate an airplane with a seating capacity of more than 19 passengers unless it is equipped with a public address system which— (a) Is capable of operation independent of the crewmember interphone system required by §121.319, except for handsets, headsets, microphones, selector switches, and signaling devices; (b) Is approved in accordance with §21.305 of this chapter; (c) Is accessible for immediate use from each of two flight crewmember stations in the pilot compartment; (d) For each required floor-level passenger emergency exit which has an adjacent flight attendant seat, has a microphone which is readily accessible to the seated flight attendant, except that one microphone may serve more than one exit, provided the proximity of the exits allows unassisted verbal communication between seated flight attendants; (e) Is capable of operation within 10 seconds by a flight attendant at each of those stations in the passenger compartment from which its use is accessible; (f) Is audible at all passenger seats, lavatories, and flight attendant seats and work stations; and (g) For transport category airplanes manufactured on or after November 27, 1990, meets the requirements of §25.1423 of this chapter. [Doc. No. 24995, 54 FR 43926, Oct. 27, 1989] (a) No person may operate an airplane with a seating capacity of more than 19 passengers unless the airplane is equipped with a crewmember interphone system that: (1) [Reserved] (2) Is capable of operation independent of the public address system required by §121.318(a) except for handsets, headsets, microphones, selector switches, and signaling devices; and (3) Meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. (b) The crewmember interphone system required by paragraph (a) of this section must be approved in accordance with §21.305 of this chapter and meet the following requirements: (1) It must provide a means of two-way communication between the pilot compartment and— (i) Each passenger compartment; and (ii) Each galley located on other than the main passenger deck level. (2) It must be accessible for immediate use from each of two flight crewmember stations in the pilot compartment; (3) It must be accessible for use from at least one normal flight attendant station in each passenger compartment; (4) It must be capable of operation within 10 seconds by a flight attendant at those stations in each passenger compartment from which its use is accessible; and (5) For large turbojet-powered airplanes: (i) It must be accessible for use at enough flight attendant stations so that all floor-level emergency exits (or entryways to those exits in the case of exits located within galleys) in each passenger compartment are observable from one or more of those stations so equipped; (ii) It must have an alerting system incorporating aural or visual signals for use by flight crewmembers to alert flight attendants and for use by flight attendants to alert flight crewmembers; (iii) The alerting system required by paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section must have a means for the recipient of a call to determine whether it is a normal call or an emergency call; and (iv) When the airplane is on the ground, it must provide a means of two-way communication between ground personnel and either of at least two flight crewmembers in the pilot compartment. The interphone system station for use by ground personnel must be so located that personnel using the system may avoid visible detection from within the airplane. [Doc. No. 10865, 38 FR 21494, Aug. 9, 1973, as amended by Amdt. 121–121, 40 FR 42186, Sept. 11, 1975; Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50602, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] No person may operate an airplane at night under this part unless it is equipped with the following instruments and equipment in addition to those required by §§121.305 through 121.321 and 121.803: (a) Position lights. (b) An anti-collision light. (c) Two landing lights, except that only one landing light is required for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964. (d) Instrument lights providing enough light to make each required instrument, switch, or similar instrument, easily readable and installed so that the direct rays are shielded from the flight crewmembers' eyes and that no objectionable reflections are visible to them. There must be a means of controlling the intensity of illumination unless it is shown that nondimming instrument lights are satisfactory. (e) An airspeed-indicating system with heated pitot tube or equivalent means for preventing malfunctioning due to icing. (f) A sensitive altimeter. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] No person may operate an airplane under IFR or over-the-top conditions under this part unless it is equipped with the following instruments and equipment, in addition to those required by §§121.305 through 121.321 and 121.803: (a) An airspeed indicating system with heated pitot tube or equivalent means for preventing malfunctioning due to icing. (b) A sensitive altimeter. (c) Instrument lights providing enough light to make each required instrument, switch, or similar instrument, easily readable and so installed that the direct rays are shielded from the flight crewmembers' eyes and that no objectionable reflections are visible to them, and a means of controlling the intensity of illumination unless it is shown that nondimming instrument lights are satisfactory. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended at Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001 (a) General. Except where supplemental oxygen is provided in accordance with §121.331, no person may operate an airplane unless supplemental oxygen is furnished and used as set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. The amount of supplemental oxygen required for a particular operation is determined on the basis of flight altitudes and flight duration, consistent with the operation procedures established for each operation and route. (b) Crewmembers. (1) At cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 feet up to and including 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided for, and used by, each member of the flight crew on flight deck duty, and must be provided for other crewmembers, for that part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes duration. (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided for, and used by, each member of the flight crew on flight deck duty, and must be provided for other crewmembers, during the entire flight time at those altitudes. (3) When a flight crewmember is required to use oxygen, he must use it continuously, except when necessary to remove the oxygen mask or other dispenser in connection with his regular duties. Standby crewmembers who are on call or are definitely going to have flight deck duty before completing the flight must be provided with an amount of supplemental oxygen equal to that provided for crewmembers on duty other than on flight deck duty. If a standby crewmember is not on call and will not be on flight deck duty during the remainder of the flight, he is considered to be a passenger for the purposes of supplemental oxygen requirements. (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder shall provide a supply of oxygen, approved for passenger safety, in accordance with the following: (1) For flights of more than 30 minutes duration at cabin pressure altitudes above 8,000 feet up to and including 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 percent of the passengers. (2) For flights at cabin pressure altitudes above 14,000 feet up to and including 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for that part of the flight at those altitudes for 30 percent of the passengers. (3) For flights at cabin pressure altitudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for each passenger carried during the entire flight at those altitudes. (d) For the purposes of this subpart cabin pressure altitude means the pressure altitude corresponding with the pressure in the cabin of the airplane, and flight altitude means the altitude above sea level at which the airplane is operated. For airplanes without pressurized cabins, “cabin pressure altitude” and “flight altitude” mean the same thing. (a) General. When operating a turbine engine powered airplane, each certificate holder shall equip the airplane with sustaining oxygen and dispensing equipment for use as set forth in this section: (1) The amount of oxygen provided must be at least the quantity necessary to comply with paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. (2) The amount of sustaining and first-aid oxygen required for a particular operation to comply with the rules in this part is determined on the basis of cabin pressure altitudes and flight duration, consistent with the operating procedures established for each operation and route. (3) The requirements for airplanes with pressurized cabins are determined on the basis of cabin pressure altitude and the assumption that a cabin pressurization failure will occur at the altitude or point of flight that is most critical from the standpoint of oxygen need, and that after the failure the airplane will descend in accordance with the emergency procedures specified in the Airplane Flight Manual, without exceeding its operating limitations, to a flight altitude that will allow successful termination of the flight. (4) Following the failure, the cabin pressure altitude is considered to be the same as the flight altitude unless it is shown that no probable failure of the cabin or pressurization equipment will result in a cabin pressure altitude equal to the flight altitude. Under those circumstances, the maximum cabin pressure altitude attained may be used as a basis for certification or determination of oxygen supply, or both. (b) Crewmembers. Each certificate holder shall provide a supply of oxygen for crewmembers in accordance with the following: (1) At cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 feet, up to and including 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided for and used by each member of the flight crew on flight deck duty and must be provided for other crewmembers for that part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes duration. (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above 12,000 feet, oxygen must be provided for, and used by, each member of the flight crew on flight deck duty, and must be provided for other crewmembers during the entire flight at those altitudes. (3) When a flight crewmember is required to use oxygen, he must use it continuously except when necessary to remove the oxygen mask or other dispenser in connection with his regular duties. Standby crewmembers who are on call or are definitely going to have flight deck duty before completing the flight must be provided with an amount of supplemental oxygen equal to that provided for crewmembers on duty other than on flight duty. If a standby crewmember is not on call and will not be on flight deck duty during the remainder of the flight, he is considered to be a passenger for the purposes of supplemental oxygen requirements. (c) Passengers. Each certificate holder shall provide a supply of oxygen for passengers in accordance with the following: (1) For flights at cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 feet, up to and including 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for that part of the flight at those altitudes that is of more than 30 minutes duration, for 10 percent of the passengers. (2) For flights at cabin pressure altitudes above 14,000 feet, up to and including 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for that part of the flight at those altitudes for 30 percent of the passengers. (3) For flights at cabin pressure altitudes above 15,000 feet, enough oxygen for each passenger carried during the entire flight at those altitudes. (a) When operating a reciprocating engine powered airplane pressurized cabin, each certificate holder shall equip the airplane to comply with paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section in the event of cabin pressurization failure. (b) For crewmembers. When operating at flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the certificate holder shall provide enough oxygen for each crewmember for the entire flight at those altitudes and not less than a two-hour supply for each flight crewmember on flight deck duty. The required two hours supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of descent from the airplane's maximum certificated operating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten minutes and followed by 110 minutes at 10,000 feet. The oxygen required by §121.337 may be considered in determining the supplemental breathing supply required for flight crewmembers on flight deck duty in the event of cabin pressurization failure. (c) For passengers. When operating at flight altitudes above 8,000 feet, the certificate holder shall provide oxygen as follows: (1) When an airplane is not flown at a flight altitude above flight level 250, enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 percent of the passengers, if at any point along the route to be flown the airplane can safely descend to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet or less within four minutes. (2) If the airplane cannot descend to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet or less within four minutes, the following supply of oxygen must be provided: (i) For that part of the flight that is more than four minutes duration at flight altitudes above 15,000 feet, the supply required by §121.327(c)(3). (ii) For that part of the flight at flight altitudes above 14,000 feet, up to and including 15,000 feet, the supply required by §121.327(c)(2). (iii) For flight at flight altitudes above 8,000 feet up to and including 14,000 feet, enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 percent of the passengers. (3) When an airplane is flown at a flight altitude above flight level 250, enough oxygen for 30 minutes for 10 percent of the passengers for the entire flight (including emergency descent) above 8,000 feet, up to and including 14,000 feet, and to comply with §121.327(c) (2) and (3) for flight above 14,000 feet. (d) For the purposes of this section it is assumed that the cabin pressurization failure occurs at a time during flight that is critical from the standpoint of oxygen need and that after the failure the airplane will descend, without exceeding its normal operating limitations, to flight altitudes allowing safe flight with respect to terrain clearance. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, 1976] (a) General. When operating a turbine engine powered airplane with a pressurized cabin, the certificate holder shall furnish oxygen and dispensing equipment to comply with paragraphs (b) through (e) of this section in the event of cabin pressurization failure. (b) Crewmembers. When operating at flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the certificate holder shall supply enough oxygen to comply with §121.329, but not less than a two-hour supply for each flight crewmember on flight deck duty. The required two hours supply is that quantity of oxygen necessary for a constant rate of descent from the airplane's maximum certificated operating altitude to 10,000 feet in ten minutes and followed by 110 minutes at 10,000 feet. The oxygen required in the event of cabin pressurization failure by §121.337 may be included in determining the supply required for flight crewmembers on flight deck duty. (c) Use of oxygen masks by flight crewmembers. (1) When operating at flight altitudes above flight level 250, each flight crewmember on flight deck duty must be provided with an oxygen mask so designed that it can be rapidly placed on his face from its ready position, properly secured, sealed, and supplying oxygen upon demand; and so designed that after being placed on the face it does not prevent immediate communication between the flight crewmember and other crewmembers over the airplane intercommunication system. When it is not being used at flight altitudes above flight level 250, the oxygen mask must be kept in condition for ready use and located so as to be within the immediate reach of the flight crewmember while at his duty station. (2) When operating at flight altitudes above flight level 250, one pilot at the controls of the airplane shall at all times wear and use an oxygen mask secured, sealed, and supplying oxygen, in accordance with the following: (i) The one pilot need not wear and use an oxygen mask at or below the following flight levels if each flight crewmember on flight deck duty has a quick-donning type of oxygen mask that the certificate holder has shown can be placed on the face from its ready position, properly secured, sealed, and supplying oxygen upon demand, with one hand and within five seconds: (A) For airplanes having a passenger seat configuration of more than 30 seats, excluding any required crewmember seat, or a payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds, at or below flight level 410. (B) For airplanes having a passenger seat configuration of less than 31 seats, excluding any required crewmember seat, and a payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less, at or below flight level 350. (ii) Whenever a quick-donning type of oxygen mask is to be used under this section, the certificate holder shall also show that the mask can be put on without disturbing eye glasses and without delaying the flight crewmember from proceeding with his assigned emergency duties. The oxygen mask after being put on must not prevent immediate communication between the flight crewmember and other crewmembers over the airplane intercommunication system. (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(2) of this section, if for any reason at any time it is necessary for one pilot to leave his station at the controls of the airplane when operating at flight altitudes above flight level 250, the remaining pilot at the controls shall put on and use his oxygen mask until the other pilot has returned to his duty station. (4) Before the takeoff of a flight, each flight crewmember shall personally preflight his oxygen equipment to insure that the oxygen mask is functioning, fitted properly, and connected to appropriate supply terminals, and that the oxygen supply and pressure are adequate for use. (d) Use of portable oxygen equipment by cabin attendants. After November 28, 2005 each mask used for portable oxygen equipment must be connected to its oxygen supply. Above flight level 250, one of the following is required: (1) Each attendant shall carry portable oxygen equipment with a 15 minute supply of oxygen; or (2) There must be sufficient portable oxygen equipment (including masks and spare outlets) distributed throughout the cabin so that such equipment is immediately available to each attendant, regardless of their location in the cabin; or (3) There are sufficient spare outlets and masks distributed throughout the cabin to ensure immediate availability of oxygen to each cabin attendant, regardless of their location in the cabin. (e) Passenger cabin occupants. When the airplane is operating at flight altitudes above 10,000 feet, the following supply of oxygen must be provided for the use of passenger cabin occupants: (1) When an airplane certificated to operate at flight altitudes up to and including flight level 250, can at any point along the route to be flown, descend safely to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet or less within four minutes, oxygen must be available at the rate prescribed by this part for a 30-minute period for at least 10 percent of the passenger cabin occupants. (2) When an airplane is operated at flight altitudes up to and including flight level 250 and cannot descend safely to a flight altitude of 14,000 feet within four minutes, or when an airplane is operated at flight altitudes above flight level 250, oxygen must be available at the rate prescribed by this part for not less than 10 percent of the passenger cabin occupants for the entire flight after cabin depressurization, at cabin pressure altitudes above 10,000 feet up to and including 14,000 feet and, as applicable, to allow compliance with §121.329(c) (2) and (3), except that there must be not less than a 10-minute supply for the passenger cabin occupants. (3) For first-aid treatment of occupants who for physiological reasons might require undiluted oxygen following descent from cabin pressure altitudes above flight level 250, a supply of oxygen in accordance with the requirements of §25.1443(d) must be provided for two percent of the occupants for the entire flight after cabin depressurization at cabin pressure altitudes above 8,000 feet, but in no case to less than one person. An appropriate number of acceptable dispensing units, but in no case less than two, must be provided, with a means for the cabin attendants to use this supply. (f) Passenger briefing. Before flight is conducted above flight level 250, a crewmember shall instruct the passengers on the necessity of using oxygen in the event of cabin depressurization and shall point out to them the location and demonstrate the use of the oxygen-dispensing equipment. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–11, 30 FR 12466, Sept. 30, 1965; Amdt. 121–132, 41 FR 55475, Dec. 20, 1976; Amdt. 121–262, 62 FR 13256, Mar. 19, 1997; 62 FR 15570, Apr. 1, 1997; Amdt. 121–306, 69 FR 62789, Oct. 27, 2004] (a) Reciprocating engine powered airplanes. The oxygen apparatus, the minimum rates of oxygen flow, and the supply of oxygen necessary to comply with §121.327 must meet the standards established in section 4b.651 of the Civil Air Regulations as in effect on July 20, 1950, except that if the certificate holder shows full compliance with those standards to be impracticable, the Administrator may authorize any change in those standards that he finds will provide an equivalent level of safety. (b) Turbine engine powered airplanes. The oxygen apparatus, the minimum rate of oxygen flow, and the supply of oxygen necessary to comply with §§121.329 and 121.333 must meet the standards established in section 4b.651 of the Civil Air Regulations as in effect on September 1, 1958, except that if the certificate holder shows full compliance with those standards to be impracticable, the Administrator may authorize any changes in those standards that he finds will provide an equivalent level of safety. (a) The certificate holder shall furnish approved protective breathing equipment (PBE) meeting the equipment, breathing gas, and communication requirements contained in paragraph (b) of this section. (b) Pressurized and nonpressurized cabin airplanes. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, no person may operate an airplane unless protective breathing equipment meeting the requirements of this section is provided as follows: (1) General. The equipment must protect the flightcrew from the effects of smoke, carbon dioxide or other harmful gases or an oxygen deficient environment caused by other than an airplane depressurization while on flight deck duty and must protect crewmembers from the above effects while combatting fires on board the airplane. (2) The equipment must be inspected regularly in accordance with inspection guidelines and the inspection periods established by the equipment manufacturer to ensure its condition for continued serviceability and immediate readiness to perform its intended emergency purposes. The inspection periods may be changed upon a showing by the certificate holder that the changes would provide an equivalent level of safety. (3) That part of the equipment protecting the eyes must not impair the wearer's vision to the extent that a crewmember's duties cannot be accomplished and must allow corrective glasses to be worn without impairment of vision or loss of the protection required by paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (4) The equipment, while in use, must allow the flightcrew to communicate using the airplane radio equipment and to communicate by interphone with each other while at their assigned duty stations. The equipment, while in use, must also allow crewmember interphone communications between each of two flight crewmember stations in the pilot compartment and at least one normal flight attendant station in each passenger compartment. (5) The equipment, while in use, must allow any crewmember to use the airplane interphone system at any of the flight attendant stations referred to in paragraph (b)(4) of this section. (6) The equipment may also be used to meet the supplemental oxygen requirements of this part provided it meets the oxygen equipment standards of §121.335 of this part. (7) Protective breathing gas duration and supply system equipment requirements are as follows: (i) The equipment must supply breathing gas for 15 minutes at a pressure altitude of 8,000 feet for the following: (A) Flight crewmembers while performing flight deck duties; and (B) Crewmembers while combatting an in-flight fire. (ii) The breathing gas system must be free from hazards in itself, in its method of operation, and in its effect upon other components. (iii) For breathing gas systems other than chemical oxygen generators, there must be a means to allow the crew to readily determine, during the equipment preflight described in paragraph (c) of this section, that the gas supply is fully charged. (iv) For each chemical oxygen generator, the supply system equipment must meet the requirements of §25.1450 (b) and (c) of this chapter. (8) Smoke and fume protection. Protective breathing equipment with a fixed or portable breathing gas supply meeting the requirements of this section must be conveniently located on the flight deck and be easily accessible for immediate use by each required flight crewmember at his or her assigned duty station. (9) Fire combatting. Except for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964, protective breathing equipment with a portable breathing gas supply meeting the requirements of this section must be easily accessible and conveniently located for immediate use by crewmembers in combatting fires as follows: (i) One PBE is required for each hand fire extinguisher located for use in a galley other than a galley located in a passenger, cargo, or crew compartment. (ii) One on the flight deck, except that the Administrator may authorize another location for this PBE if special circumstances exist that make compliance impractical and the proposed deviation would provide an equivalent level of safety. (iii) In each passenger compartment, one for each hand fire extinguisher required by §121.309 of this part, to be located within 3 feet of each required hand fire extinguisher, except that the Administrator may authorize a deviation allowing locations of PBE more than 3 feet from required hand fire extinguisher locations if special circumstances exist that make compliance impractical and if the proposed deviation provides an equivalent level of safety. (c) Equipment preflight. (1) Before each flight, each item of PBE at flight crewmember duty stations must be checked by the flight crewmember who will use the equipment to ensure that the equipment— (i) For other than chemical oxygen generator systems, is functioning, is serviceable, fits properly (unless a universal-fit type), and is connected to supply terminals and that the breathing gas supply and pressure are adequate for use; and (ii) For chemical oxygen generator systems, is serviceable and fits properly (unless a universal-fit type). (2) Each item of PBE located at other than a flight crewmember duty station must be checked by a designated crewmember to ensure that each is properly stowed and serviceable, and, for other than chemical oxygen generator systems, the breathing gas supply is fully charged. Each certificate holder, in its operations manual, must designate at least one crewmember to perform those checks before he or she takes off in that airplane for his or her first flight of the day. [Doc. No. 24792, 52 FR 20957, June 3, 1987, as amended by Amdt. 121–204, 54 FR 22271, May 22, 1989; Amdt. 121–212, 55 FR 5551, Feb. 15, 1990; Amdt. 121–218, 55 FR 31565, Aug. 2, 1990; Amdt. 121–230, 57 FR 42674, Sept. 15, 1992; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–261, 61 FR 43921, Aug. 26, 1996] (a) Except where the Administrator, by amending the operations specifications of the certificate holder, requires the carriage of all or any specific items of the equipment listed below for any overwater operation, or upon application of the certificate holder, the Administrator allows deviation for a particular extended overwater operation, no person may operate an airplane in extended overwater operations without having on the airplane the following equipment: (1) A life preserver equipped with an approved survivor locator light, for each occupant of the airplane. (2) Enough life rafts (each equipped with an approved survivor locator light) of a rated capacity and buoyancy to accommodate the occupants of the airplane. Unless excess rafts of enough capacity are provided, the buoyancy and seating capacity beyond the rated capacity of the rafts must accommodate all occupants of the airplane in the event of a loss of one raft of the largest rated capacity. (3) At least one pyrotechnic signaling device for each life raft. (4) An approved survival type emergency locator transmitter. Batteries used in this transmitter must be replaced (or recharged, if the battery is rechargeable) when the transmitter has been in use for more than 1 cumulative hour, or when 50 percent of their useful life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 percent of their useful life of charge) has expired, as established by the transmitter manufacturer under its approval. The new expiration date for replacing (or recharging) the battery must be legibly marked on the outside of the transmitter. The battery useful life (or useful life of charge) requirements of this paragraph do not apply to batteries (such as water-activated batteries) that are essentially unaffected during probable storage intervals. (b) The required life rafts, life preservers, and survival type emergency locator transmitter must be easily accessible in the event of a ditching without appreciable time for preparatory procedures. This equipment must be installed in conspicuously marked, approved locations. (c) A survival kit, appropriately equipped for the route to be flown, must be attached to each required life raft. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–53, 34 FR 15244, Sept. 30, 1969; Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept. 21, 1971; Amdt. 121–93, 37 FR 14294, June 19, 1972 Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973; Amdt. 121–149, 43 FR 50603, Oct. 30, 1978; Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no person may operate an airplane in any overwater operation unless it is equipped with life preservers in accordance with §121.339(a)(1) or with an approved flotation means for each occupant. This means must be within easy reach of each seated occupant and must be readily removable from the airplane. (b) Upon application by the air carrier or commercial operator, the Administrator may approve the operation of an airplane over water without the life preservers or flotation means required by paragraph (a) of this section, if the air carrier or commercial operator shows that the water over which the airplane is to be operated is not of such size and depth that life preservers or flotation means would be required for the survival of its occupants in the event the flight terminates in that water. [Doc. No. 6713, 31 FR 1147, Jan. 28, 1966, as amended by Amdt. 121–25, 32 FR 3223, Feb. 24, 1967; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as permitted in paragraph (c)(2) of this section, unless an airplane is type certificated under the transport category airworthiness requirements relating to ice protection, or unless an airplane is a non-transport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, that has the ice protection provisions that meet section 34 of appendix A of part 135 of this chapter, no person may operate an airplane in icing conditions unless it is equipped with means for the prevention or removal of ice on windshields, wings, empennage, propellers, and other parts of the airplane where ice formation will adversely affect the safety of the airplane. (b) No person may operate an airplane in icing conditions at night unless means are provided for illuminating or otherwise determining the formation of ice on the parts of the wings that are critical from the standpoint of ice accumulation. Any illuminating that is used must be of a type that will not cause glare or reflection that would handicap crewmembers in the performance of their duties. (c) Non-transport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964. Except for an airplane that has ice protection provisions that meet section 34 of appendix A of part 135 of this chapter, or those for transport category airplane type certification, no person may operate— (1) Under IFR into known or forecast light or moderate icing conditions; (2) Under VFR into known light or moderate icing conditions; unless the airplane has functioning deicing anti-icing equipment protecting each propeller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or control surface, and each airspeed, altimeter, rate of climb, or flight attitude instrument system; or (3) Into known or forecast severe icing conditions. (d) If current weather reports and briefing information relied upon by the pilot in command indicate that the forecast icing condition that would otherwise prohibit the flight will not be encountered during the flight because of changed weather conditions since the forecast, the restrictions in paragraph (c) of this section based on forecast conditions do not apply. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 18205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65929, Dec. 20, 1995] No person may operate a transport category airplane or, after December 20, 1999, a nontransport category airplane type certificated after December 31, 1964, that is equipped with a flight instrument pitot heating system unless the airplane is also equipped with an operable pitot heat indication system that complies §25.1326 of this chapter in effect on April 12, 1978. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section, no person may operate a large airplane that is certificated for operations above 25,000 feet altitude or is turbine-engine powered unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that record data from which the following may be determined within the ranges, accuracies, and recording intervals specified in appendix B of this part: (1) Time; (2) Altitude; (3) Airspeed; (4) Vertical acceleration; (5) Heading; and (6) Time of each radio transmission either to or from air traffic control. (b) No person may operate a large airplane type certificated up to and including September 30, 1969, for operations above 25,000 feet altitude, or a turbine-engine powered airplane certificated before the same date, unless it is equipped before May 26, 1989 with one or more approved flight recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The following information must be able to be determined within the ranges, accuracies, and recording intervals specified in appendix B of this part: (1) Time; (2) Altitude; (3) Airspeed; (4) Vertical acceleration; (5) Heading; and (6) Time of each radio transmission either to or from air traffic control. (c) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, no person may operate an airplane specified in paragraph (b) of this section unless it is equipped, before May 26, 1994, with one or more approved flight recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The following information must be able to be determined within the ranges, accuracies and recording intervals specified in appendix B of this part: (1) Time; (2) Altitude; (3) Airspeed; (4) Vertical acceleration; (5) Heading; (6) Time of each radio transmission either to or from air traffic control; (7) Pitch attitude; (8) Roll attitude; (9) Longitudinal acceleration; (10) Control column or pitch control surface position; and (11) Thrust of each engine. (d) No person may operate an airplane specified in paragraph (b) of this section that is manufactured after May 26, 1989, as well as airplanes specified in paragraph (a) of this section that have been type certificated after September 30, 1969, unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that utlitize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The following information must be able to be determined within the ranges, accuracies, and recording intervals specified in appendix B of this part: (1) Time; (2) Altitude; (3) Airspeed; (4) Vertical acceleration; (5) Heading; (6) Time of each radio transmission either to or from air traffic control; (7) Pitch attitude; (8) Roll attitude; (9) Longitudinal acceleration; (10) Pitch trim position; (11) Control column or pitch control surface position; (12) Control wheel or lateral control surface position; (13) Rudder pedal or yaw control surface position; (14) Thrust of each engine; (15) Position of each thrust reverser; (16) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap control position; and (17) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap control position. For the purpose of this section, manufactured means the point in time at which the airplane inspection acceptance records reflect that the airplane is complete and meets the FAA-approved type design data. (e) After October 11, 1991, no person may operate a large airplane equipped with a digital data bus and ARINC 717 digital flight data acquisition unit (DFDAU) or equivalent unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. Any parameters specified in appendix B of this part that are available on the digital data bus must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified. (f) After October 11, 1991, no person may operate an airplane specified in paragraph (b) of this section that is manufactured after October 11, 1991, nor an airplane specified in paragraph (a) of this section that has been type certificated after September 30, 1969, and manufactured after October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped with one or more flight recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The parameters specified in appendix B of this part must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified. (g) Whenever a flight recorder required by this section is installed, it must be operated continuously from the instant the airplane begins the takeoff roll until it has completed the landing roll at an airport. (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, and except for recorded data erased as authorized in this paragraph, each certificate holder shall keep the recorded data prescribed in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section, as appropriate, until the airplane has been operated for at least 25 hours of the operating time specified in §121.359(a). A total of 1 hour of recorded data may be erased for the purpose of testing the flight recorder or the flight recorder system. Any erasure made in accordance with this paragraph must be of the oldest recorded data accumulated at the time of testing. Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, no record need be kept more than 60 days. (i) In the event of an accident or occurrence that requires immediate notification of the National Transportation Safety Board under part 830 of its regulations and that results in termination of the flight, the certificate holder shall remove the recording media from the airplane and keep the recorded data required by paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section, as appropriate, for at least 60 days or for a longer period upon the request of the Board or the Administrator. (j) Each flight recorder required by this section must be installed in accordance with the requirements of §25.1459 of this chapter in effect on August 31, 1977. The correlation required by §25.1459(c) of this chapter need be established only on one airplane of any group of airplanes— (1) That are of the same type; (2) On which the model flight recorder and its installation are the same; and (3) On which there is no difference in the type design with respect to the installation of those first pilot's instruments associated with the flight recorder. The most recent instrument calibration, including the recording medium from which this calibration is derived, and the recorder correlation must be retained by the certificate holder. (k) Each flight recorder required by this section that records the data specified in paragraph (a), (b), (c), or (d) of this section, as appropriate, must have an approved device to assist in locating that recorder under water. (l) No person may operate an airplane specified in paragraph (b) of this section that meets the Stage 2 noise levels of part 36 of this chapter and is subject to §91.801(c) of this chapter unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight data recorders that utilize a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The information specified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(11) of this section must be able to be determined within the ranges, accuracies and recording intervals specified in appendix B of this part. In addition— (1) This flight data recorder must be installed at the next heavy maintenance check after May 26, 1994, but no later than May 26, 1995. A heavy maintenance check is considered to be any time an aircraft is scheduled to be out of service for 4 or more days. (2) By June 23, 1994, each carrier must submit to the FAA Flight Standards Service, Air Transportation Division (AFS–200), documentation listing those airplanes covered under this paragraph and evidence that it has ordered a sufficient number of flight data recorders to meet the May 26, 1995, compliance date for all aircraft on that list. (3) After May 26, 1994, any aircraft that is modified to meet Stage 3 noise levels must have the flight data recorder described in paragraph (c) of this section installed before operating under this part. [Doc. No. 24418, 52 FR 9636, Mar. 25, 1987, as amended by Amdt. 121–197, 53 FR 26147, July 11, 1988; Amdt. 121–238, 59 FR 26900, May 24, 1994] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (l) of this section, no person may operate under this part a turbine-engine-powered transport category airplane unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that use a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. The operational parameters required to be recorded by digital flight data recorders required by this section are as follows: The phrase “when an information source is installed” following a parameter indicates that recording of that parameter is not intended to require a change in installed equipment: (1) Time; (2) Pressure altitude; (3) Indicated airspeed; (4) Heading—primary flight crew reference (if selectable, record discrete, true or magnetic); (5) Normal acceleration (Vertical); (6) Pitch attitude; (7) Roll attitude; (8) Manual radio transmitter keying, or CVR/DFDR synchronization reference; (9) Thrust/power of each engine—primary flight crew reference; (10) Autopilot engagement status; (11) Longitudinal acceleration; (12) Pitch control input; (13) Lateral control input; (14) Rudder pedal input; (15) Primary pitch control surface position; (16) Primary lateral control surface position; (17) Primary yaw control surface position; (18) Lateral acceleration; (19) Pitch trim surface position or parameters of paragraph (a)(82) of this section if currently recorded; (20) Trailing edge flap or cockpit flap control selection (except when parameters of paragraph (a)(85) of this section apply); (21) Leading edge flap or cockpit flap control selection (except when parameters of paragraph (a)(86) of this section apply); (22) Each Thrust reverser position (or equivalent for propeller airplane); (23) Ground spoiler position or speed brake selection (except when parameters of paragraph (a)(87) of this section apply); (24) Outside or total air temperature; (25) Automatic Flight Control System (AFCS) modes and engagement status, including autothrottle; (26) Radio altitude (when an information source is installed); (27) Localizer deviation, MLS Azimuth; (28) Glideslope deviation, MLS Elevation; (29) Marker beacon passage; (30) Master warning; (31) Air/ground sensor (primary airplane system reference nose or main gear); (32) Angle of attack (when information source is installed); (33) Hydraulic pressure low (each system); (34) Ground speed (when an information source is installed); (35) Ground proximity warning system; (36) Landing gear position or landing gear cockpit control selection; (37) Drift angle (when an information source is installed); (38) Wind speed and direction (when an information source is installed); (39) Latitude and longitude (when an information source is installed); (40) Stick shaker/pusher (when an information source is installed); (41) Windshear (when an information source is installed); (42) Throttle/power lever position; (43) Additional engine parameters (as designated in Appendix M of this part); (44) Traffic alert and collision avoidance system; (45) DME 1 and 2 distances; (46) Nav 1 and 2 selected frequency; (47) Selected barometric setting (when an information source is installed); (48) Selected altitude (when an information source is installed); (49) Selected speed (when an information source is installed); (50) Selected mach (when an information source is installed); (51) Selected vertical speed (when an information source is installed); (52) Selected heading (when an information source is installed); (53) Selected flight path (when an information source is installed); (54) Selected decision height (when an information source is installed); (55) EFIS display format; (56) Multi-function/engine/alerts display format; (57) Thrust command (when an information source is installed); (58) Thrust target (when an information source is installed); (59) Fuel quantity in CG trim tank (when an information source is installed); (60) Primary Navigation System Reference; (61) Icing (when an information source is installed); (62) Engine warning each engine vibration (when an information source is installed); (63) Engine warning each engine over temp. (when an information source is installed); (64) Engine warning each engine oil pressure low (when an information source is installed); (65) Engine warning each engine over speed (when an information source is installed); (66) Yaw trim surface position; (67) Roll trim surface position; (68) Brake pressure (selected system); (69) Brake pedal application (left and right); (70) Yaw or sideslip angle (when an information source is installed); (71) Engine bleed valve position (when an information source is installed); (72) De-icing or anti-icing system selection (when an information source is installed); (73) Computed center of gravity (when an information source is installed); (74) AC electrical bus status; (75) DC electrical bus status; (76) APU bleed valve position (when an information source is installed); (77) Hydraulic pressure (each system); (78) Loss of cabin pressure; (79) Computer failure; (80) Heads-up display (when an information source is installed); (81) Para-visual display (when an information source is installed); (82) Cockpit trim control input position—pitch; (83) Cockpit trim control input position—roll; (84) Cockpit trim control input position—yaw; (85) Trailing edge flap and cockpit flap control position; (86) Leading edge flap and cockpit flap control position; (87) Ground spoiler position and speed brake selection; and (88) All cockpit flight control input forces (control wheel, control column, rudder pedal). (b) For all turbine-engine powered transport category airplanes manufactured on or before October 11, 1991, by August 20, 2001. (1) For airplanes not equipped as of July 16, 1996, with a flight data acquisition unit (FDAU), the parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(18) of this section must be recorded within the ranges and accuracies specified in Appendix B of this part, and— (i) For airplanes with more than two engines, the parameter described in paragraph (a)(18) is not required unless sufficient capacity is available on the existing recorder to record that parameter; (ii) Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(17) each may be recorded from a single source. (2) For airplanes that were equipped as of July 16, 1996, with a flight data acquisition unit (FDAU), the parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(22) of this section must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(17) each may be recorded from a single source. (3) The approved flight recorder required by this section must be installed at the earliest time practicable, but no later than the next heavy maintenance check after August 18, 1999 and no later than August 20, 2001. A heavy maintenance check is considered to be any time an airplane is scheduled to be out of service for 4 or more days and is scheduled to include access to major structural components. (c) For all turbine-engine powered transport category airplanes manufactured on or before October 11, 1991— (1) That were equipped as of July 16, 1996, with one or more digital data bus(es) and an ARINC 717 digital flight data acquisition unit (DFDAU) or equivalent, the parameters specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(22) of this section must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified in Appendix M of this part by August 20, 2001. Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(14) each may be recorded from a single source. (2) Commensurate with the capacity of the recording system (DFDAU or equivalent and the DFDR), all additional parameters for which information sources are installed and which are connected to the recording system must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified in Appendix M of this part by August 20, 2001. (3) That were subject to §121.343(e) of this part, all conditions of §121.343(e) must continue to be met until compliance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section is accomplished. (d) For all turbine-engine-powered transport category airplanes that were manufactured after October 11, 1991— (1) The parameters listed in paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(34) of this section must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part by August 20, 2001. Parameters listed in paragraphs (a)(12) through (a)(14) each may be recorded from a single source. (2) Commensurate with the capacity of the recording system, all additional parameters for which information sources are installed and which are connected to the recording system must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified in Appendix M of this part by August 20, 2001. (e) For all turbine-engine-powered transport category airplanes that are manufactured after August 18, 2000— (1) The parameters listed in paragraph (a)(1) through (57) of this section must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. (2) Commensurate with the capacity of the recording system, all additional parameters for which information sources are installed and which are connected to the recording system, must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. (f) For all turbine-engine-powered transport category airplanes that are manufactured after August 19, 2002 the parameters listed in paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(88) of this section must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. (g) Whenever a flight data recorder required by this section is installed, it must be operated continuously from the instant the airplane begins its takeoff roll until it has completed its landing roll. (h) Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, and except for recorded data erased as authorized in this paragraph, each certificate holder shall keep the recorded data prescribed by this section, as appropriate, until the airplane has been operated for at least 25 hours of the operating time specified in §121.359(a) of this part. A total of 1 hour of recorded data may be erased for the purpose of testing the flight recorder or the flight recorder system. Any erasure made in accordance with this paragraph must be of the oldest recorded data accumulated at the time of testing. Except as provided in paragraph (i) of this section, no record need be kept more than 60 days. (i) In the event of an accident or occurrence that requires immediate notification of the National Transportation Safety Board under 49 CFR 830 of its regulations and that results in termination of the flight, the certificate holder shall remove the recorder from the airplane and keep the recorder data prescribed by this section, as appropriate, for at least 60 days or for a longer period upon the request of the Board or the Administrator. (j) Each flight data recorder system required by this section must be installed in accordance with the requirements of §25.1459 (a), (b), (d), and (e) of this chapter. A correlation must be established between the values recorded by the flight data recorder and the corresponding values being measured. The correlation must contain a sufficient number of correlation points to accurately establish the conversion from the recorded values to engineering units or discrete state over the full operating range of the parameter. Except for airplanes having separate altitude and airspeed sensors that are an integral part of the flight data recorder system, a single correlation may be established for any group of airplanes— (1) That are of the same type; (2) On which the flight recorder system and its installation are the same; and (3) On which there is no difference in the type design with respect to the installation of those sensors associated with the flight data recorder system. Documentation sufficient to convert recorded data into the engineering units and discrete values specified in the applicable appendix must be maintained by the certificate holder. (k) Each flight data recorder required by this section must have an approved device to assist in locating that recorder under water. (l) The following airplanes that were manufactured before August 18, 1997 need not comply with this section, but must continue to comply with applicable paragraphs of §121.343 of this chapter, as appropriate: (1) Airplanes that meet the State 2 noise levels of part 36 of this chapter and are subject to §91.801(c) of this chapter, until January 1, 2000. On and after January 1, 2000, any Stage 2 airplane otherwise allowed to be operated under Part 91 of this chapter must comply with the applicable flight data recorder requirements of this section for that airplane. (2) British Aerospace 1–11, General Dynamics Convair 580, General Dynamics Convair 600, General Dynamics Convair 640, deHavilland Aircraft Company Ltd. DHC–7, Fairchild Industries FH 227, Fokker F–27 (except Mark 50), F–28 Mark 1000 and Mark 4000, Gulfstream Aerospace G–159, Jetstream 4100 Series, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Electra 10–A, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Electra 10–B, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Electra 10–E, Lockheed Aircraft Corporation Electra L–188, Lockheed Martin Model 382 (L–100) Hercules, Maryland Air Industries, Inc. F27, Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd. YS–11, Short Bros. Limited SD3–30, Short Bros. Limited SD3–60. [Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38378, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003; 68 FR 50069, Aug. 20, 2003] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, no person may operate under this part a turbine-engine-powered airplane having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any required crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that was brought onto the U.S. register after, or was registered outside the United States and added to the operator's U.S. operations specifications after, October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped with one or more approved flight recorders that use a digital method of recording and storing data and a method of readily retrieving that data from the storage medium. On or before August 20, 2001, airplanes brought onto the U.S. register after October 11, 1991, must comply with either the requirements in this section or the applicable paragraphs in §135.152 of this chapter. In addition, by August 20, 2001. (1) The parameters listed in §§121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(18) of this part must be recorded with the ranges, accuracies, and resolutions specified in Appendix B of part 135 of this chapter, except that— (i) Either the parameter listed in §121.344 (a)(12) or (a)(15) of this part must be recorded; either the parameters listed in §121.344(a)(13) or (a)(16) of this part must be recorded; and either the parameter listed in §121.344(a)(14) or (a)(17) of this part must be recorded. (ii) For airplanes with more than two engines, the parameter described in §121.344(a)(18) of this part must also be recorded if sufficient capacity is available on the existing recorder to record that parameter; (iii) Parameters listed in §§121.344(a)(12) through 121.344(a)(17) of this part each may be recorded from a single source; (iv) Any parameter for which no value is contained in Appendix B of part 135 of this chapter must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, and resolutions specified in Appendix M of this part. (2) Commensurate with the capacity of the recording system (FDAU or equivalent and the DFDR), the parameters listed in §§121.344(a)(19) through 121.344(a)(22) of this part also must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix B of part 135 of this chapter. (3) The approved flight recorder required by this section must be installed as soon as practicable, but no later than the next heavy maintenance check or equivalent after August 18, 1999. A heavy maintenance check is considered to be any time an airplane is scheduled to be out of service for 4 more days and is scheduled to include access to major structural components. (b) For a turbine-engine-powered airplanes having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any required crewmember seat, of 10 to 19 seats, that are manufactured after August 18, 2000. (1) The parameters listed in §§121.344(a)(1) through 121.344(a)(57) of this part, must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. (2) Commensurate with the capacity of the recording system, all additional parameters listed in §121.344(a) of this part for which information sources are installed and which are connected to the recording system, must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and sampling intervals specified in Appendix M of this part by August 20, 2001. (c) For all turbine-engine-powered airplanes having a passenger seating configuration, excluding any required crewmember seats, of 10 to 19 seats, that are manufactured after August 19, 2002, the parameters listed in §121.344(a)(1) through (a)(88) of this part must be recorded within the ranges, accuracies, resolutions, and recording intervals specified in Appendix M of this part. (d) Each flight data recorder system required by this section must be installed in accordance with the requirements of §23.1459 (a), (b), (d), and (e) of this chapter. A correlation must be established between the values recorded by the flight data recorder and the corresponding values being measured. The correlation must contain a sufficient number of correlation points to accurately establish the conversion from the recorded values to engineering units or discrete state over the full operating range of the parameter. A single correlation may be established for any group of airplanes— (1) That are of the same type; (2) On which the flight recorder system and its installation are the same; and (3) On which there is no difference in the type design with respect to the installation of those sensors associated with the flight data recorder system. Correlation documentation must be maintained by the certificate holder. (e) All airplanes subject to this section are also subject to the requirements and exceptions stated in §§121.344(g) through 121.344(k) of this part. (f) For airplanes that were manufactured before August 18, 1997, the following airplane types need not comply with this section, but must continue to comply with applicable paragraphs of §135.152 of this chapter, as appropriate: Beech Aircraft–99 Series, Beech Aircraft 1300, Beech Aircraft 1900C, Construcciones Aeronauticas, S.A. (CASA) C–212, deHavilland DHC–6, Dornier 228, HS–748, Embraer EMB 110, Jetstream 3101, Jetstream 3201, Fairchild Aircraft SA–226, Fairchild Metro SA–227. [Doc. No. 28109, 62 FR 38380, July 17, 1997; 62 FR 48135, Sept. 12, 1997; 62 FR 65202, Dec. 11, 1997, as amended by Amdt. 121–300, 68 FR 42936, July 18, 2003] (a) No person may operate an airplane unless it is equipped with radio equipment required for the kind of operation being conducted. (b) Where two independent (separate and complete) radio systems are required by §§121.347 and 121.349, each system must have an independent antenna installation except that, where rigidly supported nonwire antennas or other antenna installations of equivalent reliability are used, only one antenna is required. (c) ATC transponder equipment installed within the time periods indicated below must meet the performance and environmental requirements of the following TSO's: (1) Through January 1, 1992: (i) Any class of TSO-C74b or any class of TSO-C74c as appropriate, provided that the equipment was manufactured before January 1, 1990; or (ii) The appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). (2) After January 1, 1992: The appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). For purposes of paragraph (c) (2) of this section, “installation” does not include— (i) Temporary installation of TSO-C74b or TSO-C74c substitute equipment, as appropriate, during maintenance of the permanent equipment; (ii) Reinstallation of equipment after temporary removal for maintenance; or (iii) For fleet operations, installation of equipment in a fleet aircraft after removal of the equipment for maintenance from another aircraft in the same operator's fleet. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–101, 37 FR 28499, Dec. 27, 1972; Amdt. 121–190, 52 FR 3391, Feb. 3, 1987] (a) No person may operate an airplane under VFR over routes that can be navigated by pilotage, unless it is equipped with the radio equipment necessary under normal operating conditions to fulfill the following: (1) Communicate with at least one appropriate ground station from any point on the route. (2) Communicate with appropriate traffic control facilities from any point within the lateral boundaries of the surface areas of Class B, Class C, Class D, or Class E airspace designated for an airport in which flights are intended. (3) Receive meteorological information from any point en route by either of two independent systems. One of the means provided to comply with this subparagraph may be used to comply with paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. (b) No person may operate an airplane at night under VFR over routes that can be navigated by pilotage unless that airplane is equipped with the radio equipment necessary under normal operating conditions to fulfill the functions specified in paragraph (a) of this section and to receive radio navigational signals applicable to the route flown, except that a marker beacon receiver or ILS receiver is not required. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–226, 56 FR 65663, Dec. 17, 1991 (a) No person may operate an airplane under VFR over routes that cannot be navigated by pilotage or for operations conducted under IFR or over-the-top, unless the airplane is equipped with that radio equipment necessary under normal operating conditions to fulfill the functions specified in §121.347(a) and to receive satisfactorily by either of two independent systems radio navigational signals from all primary en route and approach navigational facilities intended to be used. However, only one marker beacon receiver providing visual and aural signals and one ILS receiver need be provided. Equipment provided to receive signals en route may be used to receive signals on approach, if it is capable of receiving both signals. (b) In the case of operation over routes on which navigation is based on low frequency radio range or automatic direction finding, only one low frequency radio range or ADF receiver need be installed if the airplane is equipped with two VOR receivers, and VOR navigational aids are so located and the airplane is so fueled that, in the case of failure of the low frequency radio range receiver or ADF receiver, the flight may proceed safely to a suitable airport, by means of VOR aids, and complete an instrument approach by use of the remaining airplane radio system. (c) Whenever VOR navigational receivers are required by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, at least one approved distance measuring equipment unit (DME) capable of receiving and indicating distance information from VORTAC facilities must be installed on each airplane when operated in the 50 states and the District of Columbia. (d) If the distance measuring equipment (DME) becomes inoperative en route, the pilot shall notify ATC of that failure as soon as it occurs. (e) No person may operate an airplane having a passenger seat configuration of 10 to 30 seats, excluding each crewmember seat, and a payload of 7,500 pounds or less under IFR or in extended overwater operations unless it has, in addition to any other required radio communications and navigational equipment appropriate to the facilities to be used which are capable of transmitting to, and receiving from, at any place on the route to be flown, at least one ground facility, two microphones, and two headsets or one headset and one speaker. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–19, 31 FR 6265, Apr. 23, 1966; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may conduct an extended overwater operation unless the airplane is equipped with the radio communication equipment necessary to comply with §121.349, an independent system that complies with §121.347 (a)(1), and two long-range navigation systems when VOR or ADF radio navigation equipment is unusable along a portion of the route. (b) No certificate holder conducting a flag or supplemental operation or a domestic operation within the State of Alaska may conduct an operation without the equipment specified in paragraph (a) of this section, if the Administrator finds that equipment to be necessary for search and rescue operations because of the nature of the terrain to be flown over. (c) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, installation and use of a single LRNS and a single LRCS may be authorized by the Administrator and approved in the certificate holder's operations specifications for operations and routes in certain geographic areas. The following are among the operational factors the Administrator may consider in granting an authorization: (1) The ability of the flightcrew to reliably fix the position of the airplane within the degree of accuracy required by ATC, (2) The length of the route being flown, and (3) The duration of the very high frequency communications gap. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996; Amdt. 121–254, 61 FR 7191, Feb. 26, 1996] Unless the airplane has the following equipment, no person may conduct a flag or supplemental operation or a domestic operation within the States of Alaska or Hawaii over an uninhabited area or any other area that (in its operations specifications) the Administrator specifies required equipment for search and rescue in case of an emergency: (a) Suitable pyrotechnic signaling devices. (b) An approved survival type emergency locator transmitter. Batteries used in this transmitter must be replaced (or recharged, if the battery is rechargeable) when the transmitter has been in use for more than 1 cumulative hour, or when 50 percent of their useful life (or for rechargeable batteries, 50 percent of their useful life of charge) has expired, as established by the transmitter manufacturer under its approval. The new expiration date for replacing (or recharging) the battery must be legibly marked on the outside of the transmitter. The battery useful life (or useful life of charge) requirements of this paragraph do not apply to batteries (such as water-activated batteries) that are essentially unaffected during probable storage intervals. (c) Enough survival kits, appropriately equipped for the route to be flown for the number of occupants of the airplane. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–79, 36 FR 18724, Sept. 21, 1971; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378 Aug. 20, 1973; Amdt. 121–158, 45 FR 38348, June 9, 1980; Amdt. 121–239, 59 FR 32057, June 21, 1994; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Airplanes manufactured after March 29, 2002. No person may operate a turbine-powered airplane unless that airplane is equipped with an approved terrain awareness and warning system that meets the requirements for Class A equipment in Technical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also include an approved terrain situational awareness display. (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before March 29, 2002. No person may operate a turbine-powered airplane after March 29, 2005, unless that airplane is equipped with an approved terrain awareness and warning system that meets the requirements for Class A equipment in Technical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. The airplane must also include an approved terrain situational awareness display. (c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Airplane Flight Manual shall contain appropriate procedures for— (1) The use of the terrain awareness and warning system; and (2) Proper flight crew reaction in response to the terrain awareness and warning system audio and visual warnings. [Doc. No. 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] (a) No certificate holder may conduct an operation— (1) Using Doppler Radar or an Inertial Navigation System outside the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, unless such systems have been approved in accordance with appendix G to this part; or (2) Using Doppler Radar or an Inertial Navigation System within the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, or any other specialized means of navigation, unless it shows that an adequate airborne system is provided for the specialized navigation authorized for the particular operation. (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, Doppler Radar and Inertial Navigation Systems, and the training programs, maintenance programs, relevant operations manual material, and minimum equipment lists prepared in accordance therewith, approved before April 29, 1972, are not required to be approved in accordance with that paragraph. [Doc. No. 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972] Effective January 1, 2005, any airplane you operate under this part must be equipped and operated according to the following table: [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10910, 68 FR 15902, Apr. 1, 2003] (a) No person may operate any transport category airplane (except C–46 type airplanes) or a nontransport category airplane certificated after December 31, 1964, unless approved airborne weather radar equipment has been installed in the airplane. (b) [Reserved] (c) Each person operating an airplane required to have approved airborne weather radar equipment installed shall, when using it under this part, operate it in accordance with the following: (1) Dispatch. No person may dispatch an airplane (or begin the flight of an airplane in the case of a certificate holder, that does not use a dispatch system) under IFR or night VFR conditions when current weather reports indicate that thunderstorms, or other potentially hazardous weather conditions that can be detected with airborne weather radar, may reasonably be expected along the route to be flown, unless the airborne weather radar equipment is in satisfactory operating condition. (2) If the airborne weather radar becomes inoperative en route, the airplane must be operated in accordance with the approved instructions and procedures specified in the operations manual for such an event. (d) This section does not apply to airplanes used solely within the State of Hawaii or within the State of Alaska and that part of Canada west of longitude 130 degrees W, between latitude 70 degrees N, and latitude 53 degrees N, or during any training, test, or ferry flight. (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, an alternate electrical power supply is not required for airborne weather radar equipment. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–18, 31 FR 5825, Apr. 15, 1966; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65932, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Airplanes manufactured after January 2, 1991. No person may operate a turbine-powered airplane manufactured after January 2, 1991, unless it is equipped with either an approved airborne windshear warning and flight guidance system, an approved airborne detection and avoidance system, or an approved combination of these systems. (b) Airplanes manufactured before January 3, 1991. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, after January 2, 1991, no person may operate a turbine-powered airplane manufactured before January 3, 1991 unless it meets one of the following requirements as applicable. (1) The makes/models/series listed below must be equipped with either an approved airborne windshear warning and flight guidance system, an approved airborne detection and avoidance system, or an approved combination of these systems: (i) A–300–600; (ii) A–310—all series; (iii) A–320—all series; (iv) B–737–300, 400, and 500 series; (v) B–747–400; (vi) B–757—all series; (vii) B–767—all series; (viii) F–100—all series; (ix) MD–11—all series; and (x) MD–80 series equipped with an EFIS and Honeywell-970 digital flight guidance computer. (2) All other turbine-powered airplanes not listed above must be equipped with as a minimum requirement, an approved airborne windshear warning system. These airplanes may be equipped with an approved airborne windshear detection and avoidance system, or an approved combination of these systems. (c) Extension of the compliance date. A certificate holder may obtain an extension of the compliance date in paragraph (b) of this section if it obtains FAA approval of a retrofit schedule. To obtain approval of a retrofit schedule and show continued compliance with that schedule, a certificate holder must do the following: (1) Submit a request for approval of a retrofit schedule by June 1, 1990, to the Flight Standards Division Manager in the region of the certificate holding district office. (2) Show that all of the certificate holder's airplanes required to be equipped in accordance with this section will be equipped by the final compliance date established for TCAS II retrofit. (3) Comply with its retrofit schedule and submit status reports containing information acceptable to the Administrator. The initial report must be submitted by January 2, 1991, and subsequent reports must be submitted every six months thereafter until completion of the schedule. The reports must be submitted to the certificate holder's assigned Principal Avionics Inspector. (d) Definitions. For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply— (1) Turbine-powered airplane includes, e.g., turbofan-, turbojet-, propfan-, and ultra-high bypass fan-powered airplanes. The definition specifically excludes turbopropeller-powered airplanes. (2) An airplane is considered manufactured on the date the inspection acceptance records reflect that the airplane is complete and meets the FAA Approved Type Design data. [Doc. No. 25954, 55 FR 13242, Apr. 9, 1990] (a) No certificate holder may operate a large turbine engine powered airplane or a large pressurized airplane with four reciprocating engines unless an approved cockpit voice recorder is installed in that airplane and is operated continuously from the start of the use of the checklist (before starting engines for the purpose of flight), to completion of the final checklist at the termination of the flight. (b) [Reserved] (c) The cockpit voice recorder required by paragraph (a) of this section must meet the following application standards: (1) The requirements of part 25 of this chapter in affect on August 31, 1977. (2) After September 1, 1980, each recorder container must— (i) Be either bright orange or bright yellow; (ii) Have reflective tape affixed to the external surface to facilitate its location under water; and (iii) Have an approved underwater locating device on or adjacent to the container which is secured in such a manner that they are not likely to be separated during crash impact, unless the cockpit voice recorder, and the flight recorder required by §121.343, are installed adjacent to each other in such a manner that they are not likely to be separated during crash impact. (d) No person may operate a multiengine, turbine-powered airplane having a passenger seat configuration of 10–19 seats unless it is equipped with an approved cockpit voice recorder that: (1) Is installed in compliance with §23.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g); §25.1457(a) (1) and (2), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this chapter, as applicable; and (2) Is operated continuously from the use of the checklist before the flight to completion of the final checklist at the end of the flight. (e) No person may operate a multiengine, turbine-powered airplane having a passenger seat configuration of 20 to 30 seats unless it is equipped with an approved cockpit voice recorder that— (1) Is installed in compliance with §23.1457 or §25.1457 of this chapter, as applicable; and (2) Is operated continuously from the use of the checklist before the flight to completion of the final checklist at the end of the flight. (f) In complying with this section, an approved cockpit voice recorder having an erasure feature may be used, so that at any time during the operation of the recorder, information recorded more than 30 minutes earlier may be erased or otherwise obliterated. (g) For those aircraft equipped to record the uninterrupted audio signals received by a boom or a mask microphone, the flight crewmembers are required to use the boom microphone below 18,000 feet mean sea level. No person may operate a large turbine engine powered airplane or a large pressurized airplane with four reciprocating engines manufactured after October 11, 1991, or on which a cockpit voice recorder has been installed after October 11, 1991, unless it is equipped to record the uninterrupted audio signal received by a boom or mask microphone in accordance with §25.1457(c)(5) of this chapter. (h) In the event of an accident or occurrence requiring immediate notification of the National Transportation Safety Board under part 830 of its regulations, which results in the termination of the flight, the certificate holder shall keep the recorded information for at least 60 days or, if requested by the Administrator or the Board, for a longer period. Information obtained from the record is used to assist in determining the cause of accidents or occurrences in connection with investigations under part 830. The Administrator does not use the record in any civil penalty or certificate action. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19205, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–20, 31 FR 8912, June 28, 1966; Amdt. 121–23, 31 FR 15192, Dec. 3, 1966; Amdt. 121–32, 32 FR 13914, Oct. 6, 1967; Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–135, 42 FR 36973, July 18, 1977; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–197, 53 FR 26147, July 11, 1988; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65933, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) No person may operate a turbine-powered airplane unless it is equipped with a ground proximity warning system that meets the performance and environmental standards of TSO-C92 (available from the FAA, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591) or incorporates TSO-approved ground proximity warning equipment. (b) For the ground proximity warning system required by this section, the Airplane Flight Manual shall contain— (1) Appropriate procedures for— (i) The use of the equipment; (ii) Proper flightcrew action with respect to the equipment; (iii) Deactivation for planned abnormal and emergency conditions; (iv) Inhibition of Mode 4 warnings based on flaps being in other than the landing configuration if the system incorporates a Mode 4 flap warning inhibition control; and (2) An outline of all input sources that must be operating. (c) No person may deactivate a ground proximity warning system required by this section except in accordance with the procedures contained in the Airplane Flight Manual. (d) Whenever a ground proximity warning system required by this section is deactivated, an entry shall be made in the airplane maintenance record that includes the date and time of deactivation. (e) No person may operate a turbine-powered airplane unless it is equipped with a ground proximity warning/glide slope deviation alerting system that meets the performance and environmental standards contained in TSO-C92a or TSO-C92b or incorporates TSO-approved ground proximity warning-glide slope deviation alerting equipment. (f) No person may operate a turbojet powered airplane equipped with a system required by paragraph (e) of this section, that incorporates equipment that meets the performance and environmental standards of TSO-C92b or is approved under that TSO, using other than Warning Envelopes 1 or 3 for Warning Modes 1 and 4. (g) This section expires on March 29, 2005. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65933, Dec. 20, 1995, as amended by Amdt. 121–273, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
(a) Except as provided by paragraph (b) of this section, this subpart prescribes requirements for maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations for all certificate holders. (b) The Administrator may amend a certificate holder's operations specifications to permit deviation from those provisions of this subpart that would prevent the return to service and use of airframe components, powerplants, appliances, and spare parts thereof because those items have been maintained, altered, or inspected by persons employed outside the United States who do not hold U.S. airman certificates. Each certificate holder who uses parts under this deviation must provide for surveillance of facilities and practices to assure that all work performed on these parts is accomplished in accordance with the certificate holder's manual. [Doc. No. 8754, 33 FR 14406, Sept. 25, 1968] (a) Each certificate holder is primarily responsible for— (1) The airworthiness of its aircraft, including airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, appliances, and parts thereof; and (2) The performance of the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration of its aircraft, including airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, appliances, emergency equipment, and parts thereof, in accordance with its manual and the regulations of this chapter. (b) A certificate holder may make arrangements with another person for the performance of any maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations. However, this does not relieve the certificate holder of the responsibility specified in paragraph (a) of this section. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973] (a) Each certificate holder that performs any of its maintenance (other than required inspections), preventive maintenance, or alterations, and each person with whom it arranges for the performance of that work must have an organization adequate to perform the work. (b) Each certificate holder that performs any inspections required by its manual in accordance with §121.369(b)(2) or (3) (in this subpart referred to as required inspections) and each person with whom it arranges for the performance of that work must have an organization adequate to perform that work. (c) Each person performing required inspections in addition to other maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations, shall organize the performance of those functions so as to separate the required inspection functions from the other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration functions. The separation shall be below the level of administrative control at which overall responsibility for the required inspection functions and other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration functions are exercised. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–3, 30 FR 3639, Mar. 19, 1965] Each certificate holder shall have an inspection program and a program covering other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations that ensures that— (a) Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations performed by it, or by other persons, are performed in accordance with the certificate holder's manual; (b) Competent personnel and adequate facilities and equipment are provided for the proper performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations; and (c) Each aircraft released to service is airworthy and has been properly maintained for operation under this part. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–100, 37 FR 28053, Dec. 20, 1972] (a) Applicability. This section applies to all airplanes operated by a certificate holder under this part, except for those airplanes operated between any point within the State of Alaska and any other point within the State of Alaska. (b) Operation after inspection and records review. After the dates specified in this paragraph, a certificate holder may not operate an airplane under this part unless the Administrator has notified the certificate holder that the Administrator has completed the aging airplane inspection and records review required by this section. During the inspection and records review, the certificate holder must demonstrate to the Administrator that the maintenance of age-sensitive parts and components of the airplane has been adequate and timely enough to ensure the highest degree of safety. (1) Airplanes exceeding 24 years in service on December 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspections and records reviews. For an airplane that has exceeded 24 years in service on December 8, 2003, no later than December 5, 2007, and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 years. (2) Airplanes exceeding 14 years in service but not 24 years in service on December 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspections and records reviews. For an airplane that has exceeded 14 years in service but not 24 years in service on December 8, 2003, no later than December 4, 2008, and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 years. (3) Airplanes not exceeding 14 years in service on December 8, 2003; initial and repetitive inspections and records reviews. For an airplane that has not exceeded 14 years in service on December 8, 2003, no later than 5 years after the start of the airplane's 15th year in service and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 7 years. (c) Unforeseen schedule conflict. In the event of an unforeseen scheduling conflict for a specific airplane, the Administrator may approve an extension of up to 90 days beyond an interval specified in paragraph (b) of this section. (d) Airplane and records availability. The certificate holder must make available to the Administrator each airplane for which an inspection and records review is required under this section, in a condition for inspection specified by the Administrator, together with records containing the following information: (1) Total years in service of the airplane; (2) Total time in service of the airframe; (3) Total flight cycles of the airframe; (4) Date of the last inspection and records review required by this section; (5) Current status of life-limited parts of the airframe; (6) Time since the last overhaul of all structural components required to be overhauled on a specific time basis; (7) Current inspection status of the airplane, including the time since the last inspection required by the inspection program under which the airplane is maintained; (8) Current status of applicable airworthiness directives, including the date and methods of compliance, and if the airworthiness directive involves recurring action, the time and date when the next action is required; (9) A list of major structural alterations; and (10) A report of major structural repairs and the current inspection status for those repairs. (e) Notification to Administrator. Each certificate holder must notify the Administrator at least 60 days before the date on which the airplane and airplane records will be made available for the inspection and records review. [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5401, 67 FR 72761, Dec. 6, 2002, as amended by Amdt. 121–284, 70 FR 5532, Feb. 2, 2005; Amdt. 121–310, 70 FR 23936, May 6, 2005] (a) The certificate holder shall put in its manual a chart or description of the certificate holder's organization required by §121.365 and a list of persons with whom it has arranged for the performance of any of its required inspections, other maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations, including a general description of that work. (b) The certificate holder's manual must contain the programs required by §121.367 that must be followed in performing maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations of that certificate holder's airplanes, including airframes, aircraft engines, propellers, appliances, emergency equipment, and parts thereof, and must include at least the following: (1) The method of performing routine and nonroutine maintenance (other than required inspections), preventive maintenance, and alterations. (2) A designation of the items of maintenance and alteration that must be inspected (required inspections), including at least those that could result in a failure, malfunction, or defect endangering the safe operation of the aircraft, if not performed properly or if improper parts or materials are used. (3) The method of performing required inspections and a designation by occupational title of personnel authorized to perform each required inspection. (4) Procedures for the reinspection of work performed pursuant to previous required inspection findings (buy-back procedures). (5) Procedures, standards, and limits necessary for required inspections and acceptance or rejection of the items required to be inspected and for periodic inspection and calibration of precision tools, measuring devices, and test equipment. (6) Procedures to ensure that all required inspections are performed. (7) Instructions to prevent any person who performs any item of work from performing any required inspection of that work. (8) Instructions and procedures to prevent any decision of an inspector, regarding any required inspection from being countermanded by persons other than supervisory personnel of the inspection unit, or a person at that level of administrative control that has overall responsibility for the management of both the required inspection functions and the other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations functions. (9) Procedures to ensure that required inspections, other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations that are not completed as a result of shift changes or similar work interruptions are properly completed before the aircraft is released to service. (c) The certificate holder must set forth in its manual a suitable system (which may include a coded system) that provides for preservation and retrieval of information in a manner acceptable to the Administrator and that provides— (1) A description (or reference to data acceptable to the Administrator) of the work performed; (2) The name of the person performing the work if the work is performed by a person outside the organization of the certificate holder; and (3) The name or other positive identification of the individual approving the work. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–94, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, 1972; Amdt. 121–106, 38 FR 22378, Aug. 20, 1973] (a) No certificate holder may operate an Airbus Model A300 (excluding the –600 series), British Aerospace Model BAC 1–11, Boeing Model 707, 720, 727, 737, or 747, McDonnel Douglas Model DC–8, DC–9/MD–80 or DC–10, Fokker Model F28, or Lockheed Model L–1011 airplane beyond the applicable flight cycle implementation time specified below, or May 25, 2001, whichever occurs later, unless operations specifications have been issued to reference repair assessment guidelines applicable to the fuselage pressure boundary (fuselage skin, door skin, and bulkhead webs), and those guidelines are incorporated in its maintenance program. The repair assessment guidelines must be approved by the FAA Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or office of the Transport Airplane Directorate, having cognizance over the type certificate for the affected airplane. (1) For the Airbus Model A300 (excluding the –600 series), the flight cycle implementation time is: (i) Model B2: 36,000 flights. (ii) Model B4–100 (including Model B4–2C): 30,000 flights above the window line, and 36,000 flights below the window line. (iii) Model B4–200: 25,500 flights above the window line, and 34,000 flights below the window line. (2) For all models of the British Aerospace BAC 1–11, the flight cycle implementation time is 60,000 flights. (3) For all models of the Boeing 707, the flight cycle implementation time is 15,000 flights. (4) For all models of the Boeing 720, the flight cycle implementation time is 23,000 flights. (5) For all models of the Boeing 727, the flight cycle implementation time is 45,000 flights. (6) For all models of the Boeing 737, the flight cycle implementation time is 60,000 flights. (7) For all models of the Boeing 747, the flight cycle implementation time is 15,000 flights. (8) For all models of the McDonnell Douglas DC–8, the flight cycle implementation time is 30,000 flights. (9) For all models of the McDonnell Douglas DC–9/MD–80, the flight cycle implementation time is 60,000 flights. (10) For all models of the McDonnell Douglas DC–10, the flight cycle implementation time is 30,000 flights. (11) For all models of the Lockheed L–1011, the flight cycle implementation time is 27,000 flights. (12) For the Fokker F–28 Mark 1000, 2000, 3000, and 4000, the flight cycle implementation time is 60,000 flights. (b) After December 16, 2008, no certificate holder may operate a turbine-powered transport category airplane with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958 and either a maximum type certificated passenger capacity of 30 or more, or a maximum type certificated payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or more, unless instructions for maintenance and inspection of the fuel tank system are incorporated in its maintenance program. These instructions must address the actual configuration of the fuel tank systems of each affected airplane and must be approved by the FAA Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or office of the Transport Airplane Directorate, having cognizance over the type certificate for the affected airplane. Operators must submit their request through an appropriate FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the manager of the appropriate office. Thereafter, the approved instructions can be revised only with the approval of the FAA Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or office of the Transport Airplane Directorate, having cognizance over the type certificate for the affected airplane. Operators must submit their requests for revisions through an appropriate FAA Principal Maintenance Inspector, who may add comments and then send it to the manager of the appropriate office. [Doc. No. 29104, 65 FR 24125, Apr. 25, 2000; 65 FR 50744, Aug. 21, 2000, as amended by Amdt. 121–282, 66 FR 23130, May 7, 2001; ; Amdt. 121–305, 69 FR 45942, July 30, 2004] (a) Applicability. Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to transport category, turbine powered airplanes with a type certificate issued after January 1, 1958, that as a result of original type certification or later increase in capacity have— (1) A maximum type certificated passenger seating capacity of 30 or more; or (2) A maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or more. (b) Exception. This section does not apply to an airplane operated by a certificate holder under this part between any point within the State of Alaska and any other point within the State of Alaska. (c) General requirements. After December 20, 2010, a certificate holder may not operate an airplane under this part unless the following requirements have been met: (1) The maintenance program for the airplane includes FAA-approved damage-tolerance-based inspections and procedures for airplane structure susceptible to fatigue cracking that could contribute to a catastrophic failure. These inspections and procedures must take into account the adverse affects repairs, alterations, and modifications may have on fatigue cracking and the inspection of this airplane structure. (2) The damage-tolerance-based inspections and procedures identified in this section and any revisions to these inspections and procedures must be approved by the Aircraft Certification Office or office of the Transport Airplane Directorate with oversight responsibility for the relevant type certificate or supplemental type certificate, as determined by the Administrator. The certificate holder must include the damage-tolerance-based inspections and procedures in the certificate holder's FAA-approved maintenance program. [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5401, 70 FR 5532, Feb. 2, 2005] (a) No person may use any person to perform required inspections unless the person performing the inspection is appropriately certificated, properly trained, qualified, and authorized to do so. (b) No person may allow any person to perform a required inspection unless, at that time, the person performing that inspection is under the supervision and control of an inspection unit. (c) No person may perform a required inspection if he performed the item of work required to be inspected. (d) Each certificate holder shall maintain, or shall determine that each person with whom it arranges to perform its required inspections maintains, a current listing of persons who have been trained, qualified, and authorized to conduct required inspections. The persons must be identified by name, occupational title, and the inspections that they are authorized to perform. The certificate holder (or person with whom it arranges to perform its required inspections) shall give written information to each person so authorized describing the extent of his responsibilities, authorities, and inspectional limitations. The list shall be made available for inspection by the Administrator upon request. (a) Each certificate holder shall establish and maintain a system for the continuing analysis and surveillance of the performance and effectiveness of its inspection program and the program covering other maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations and for the correction of any deficiency in those programs, regardless of whether those programs are carried out by the certificate holder or by another person. (b) Whenever the Administrator finds that either or both of the programs described in paragraph (a) of this section does not contain adequate procedures and standards to meet the requirements of this part, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the Administrator, make any changes in those programs that are necessary to meet those requirements. (c) A certificate holder may petition the Administrator to reconsider the notice to make a change in a program. The petition must be filed with the FAA certificate-holding district office charged with the overall inspection of the certificate holder's operations within 30 days after the certificate holder receives the notice. Except in the case of an emergency requiring immediate action in the interest of safety, the filing of the petition stays the notice pending a decision by the Administrator. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] Each certificate holder or person performing maintenance or preventive maintenance functions for it shall have a training program to ensure that each person (including inspection personnel) who determines the adequacy of work done is fully informed about procedures and techniques and new equipment in use and is competent to perform his duties. Within the United States, each certificate holder (or person performing maintenance or preventive maintenance functions for it) shall relieve each person performing maintenance or preventive maintenance from duty for a period of at least 24 consecutive hours during any seven consecutive days, or the equivalent thereof within any one calendar month. (a) Except for maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations, and required inspections performed by a certificated repair station that is located outside the United States, each person who is directly in charge of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations, and each person performing required inspections must hold an appropriate airman certificate. (b) For the purposes of this section, a person directly in charge is each person assigned to a position in which he is responsible for the work of a shop or station that performs maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations, or other functions affecting aircraft airworthiness. A person who is directly in charge need not physically observe and direct each worker constantly but must be available for consultation and decision on matters requiring instruction or decision from higher authority than that of the persons performing the work. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19210, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–21, 31 FR 10618, Aug. 9, 1966; Amdt. 121–286, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, 2001] (a) A certificate holder may perform, or it may make arrangements with other persons to perform, maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations as provided in its continuous airworthiness maintenance program and its maintenance manual. In addition, a certificate holder may perform these functions for another certificate holder as provided in the continuous airworthiness maintenance program and maintenance manual of the other certificate holder. (b) A certificate holder may approve any aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller, or appliance for return to service after maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations that are performed under paragraph (a) of this section. However, in the case of a major repair or major alteration, the work must have been done in accordance with technical data approved by the Administrator. [Doc. No. 10289, 35 FR 16793, Oct. 30, 1970] (a) Each certificate holder shall keep (using the system specified in the manual required in §121.369) the following records for the periods specified in paragraph (c) of this section: (1) All the records necessary to show that all requirements for the issuance of an airworthiness release under §121.709 have been met. (2) Records containing the following information: (i) The total time in service of the airframe. (ii) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the total time in service of each engine and propeller. (iii) The current status of life-limited parts of each airframe, engine, propeller, and appliance. (iv) The time since last overhaul of all items installed on the aircraft which are required to be overhauled on a specified time basis. (v) The identification of the current inspection status of the aircraft, including the times since the last inspections required by the inspection program under which the aircraft and its appliances are maintained. (vi) The current status of applicable airworthiness directives, including the date and methods of compliance, and, if the airworthiness directive involves recurring action, the time and date when the next action is required. (vii) A list of current major alterations to each airframe, engine, propeller, and appliance. (b) A certificate holder need not record the total time in service of an engine or propeller on a transport category cargo airplane, a transport category airplane that has a passenger seat configuration of more than 30 seats, or a nontransport category airplane type certificated before January 1, 1958, until the following, whichever occurs first: (1) March 20, 1997; or (2) The date of the first overhaul of the engine or propeller, as applicable, after January 19, 1996. (c) Each certificate holder shall retain the records required to be kept by this section for the following periods: (1) Except for the records of the last complete overhaul of each airframe, engine, propeller, and appliance, the records specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be retained until the work is repeated or superseded by other work or for one year after the work is performed. (2) The records of the last complete overhaul of each airframe, engine, propeller, and appliance shall be retained until the work is superseded by work of equivalent scope and detail. (3) The records specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall be retained and transferred with the aircraft at the time the aircraft is sold. (d) The certificate holder shall make all maintenance records required to be kept by this section available for inspection by the Administrator or any authorized representative of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB). [Doc. No. 10658, 37 FR 15983, Aug. 9, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65933, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–321, 71 FR 536, Jan. 4, 2006] Each certificate holder who sells a U.S. registered aircraft shall transfer to the purchaser, at the time of sale, the following records of that aircraft, in plain language form or in coded form at the election of the purchaser, if the coded form provides for the preservation and retrieval of information in a manner acceptable to the Administrator: (a) The record specified in §121.380(a)(2). (b) The records specified in §121.380(a)(1) which are not included in the records covered by paragraph (a) of this section, except that the purchaser may permit the seller to keep physical custody of such records. However, custody of records in the seller does not relieve the purchaser of his responsibility under §121.380(c) to make the records available for inspection by the Administrator or any authorized representative of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB). [Doc. No. 10658, 37 FR 15984, Aug. 9, 1972] Source: Docket No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
This subpart prescribes airman and crewmember requirements for all certificate holders. (a) No certificate holder may use any person as an airman nor may any person serve as an airman unless that person— (1) Holds an appropriate current airman certificate issued by the FAA; (2) Has any required appropriate current airman and medical certificates in his possession while engaged in operations under this part; and (3) Is otherwise qualified for the operation for which he is to be used. (b) Each airman covered by paragraph (a)(2) of this section shall present either or both certificates for inspection upon the request of the Administrator. (c) No certificate holder may use the services of any person as a pilot on an airplane engaged in operations under this part if that person has reached his 60th birthday. No person may serve as a pilot on an airplane engaged in operations under this part if that person has reached his 60th birthday. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May 25, 1978] (a) No certificate holder may operate an airplane with less than the minimum flight crew in the airworthiness certificate or the airplane Flight Manual approved for that type airplane and required by this part for the kind of operation being conducted. (b) In any case in which this part requires the performance of two or more functions for which an airman certificate is necessary, that requirement is not satisfied by the performance of multiple functions at the same time by one airman. (c) The minimum pilot crew is two pilots and the certificate holder shall designate one pilot as pilot in command and the other second in command. (d) On each flight requiring a flight engineer at least one flight crewmember, other than the flight engineer, must be qualified to provide emergency performance of the flight engineer's functions for the safe completion of the flight if the flight engineer becomes ill or is otherwise incapacitated. A pilot need not hold a flight engineer's certificate to perform the flight engineer's functions in such a situation. [Doc. No. 6258, 29 FR 19212, Dec. 31, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982; Amdt. 121–256, 61 FR 30434, June 14, 1996] No certificate holder may operate an airplane for which a type certificate was issued before January 2, 1964, having a maximum certificated takeoff weight of more than 80,000 pounds without a flight crewmember holding a current flight engineer certificate. For each airplane type certificated after January 1, 1964, the requirement for a flight engineer is determined under the type certification requirements of §25.1523. [Doc. No. 5025, 30 FR 6067, Apr. 29, 1965] (a) No certificate holder may operate an airplane outside the 48 contiguous States and the District of Columbia, when its position cannot be reliably fixed for a period of more than 1 hour, without— (1) A flight crewmember who holds a current flight navigator certificate; or (2) Specialized means of navigation approved in accordance with §121.355 which enables a reliable determination to be made of the position of the airplane by each pilot seated at his duty station. (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section, the Administrator may also require a flight navigator or special navigation equipment, or both, when specialized means of navigation are necessary for 1 hour or less. In making this determination, the Administrator considers— (1) The speed of the airplane; (2) Normal weather conditions en route; (3) Extent of air traffic control; (4) Traffic congestion; (5) Area of navigational radio coverage at destination; (6) Fuel requirements; (7) Fuel available for return to point of departure or alternates; (8) Predication of flight upon operation beyond the point of no return; and (9) Any other factors he determines are relevant in the interest of safety. (c) Operations where a flight navigator or special navigation equipment, or both, are required are specified in the operations specifications of the air carrier or commercial operator. [Doc. No. 10204, 37 FR 6464, Mar. 30, 1972, as amended by Amdt. 121–178, 47 FR 13316, Mar. 29, 1982] (a) Each certificate holder shall provide at least the following flight attendants on each passenger-carrying airplane used: (1) For airplanes having a maximum payload capacity of more than 7,500 pounds and having a seating capacity of more than 9 but less than 51 passengers—one flight attendant. (2) For airplanes having a maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or less and having a seating capacity of more than 19 but less than 51 passengers—one flight attendant. (3) For airplanes having a seating capacity of more than 50 but less than 101 passengers—two flight attendants. (4) For airplanes having a seating capacity of more than 100 passengers—two flight attendants plus one additional flight attendant for each unit (or part of a unit) of 50 passenger seats above a seating capacity of 100 passengers. (b) If, in conducting the emergency evacuation demonstration required under §121.291 (a) or (b), the certificate holder used more flight attendants than is required under paragraph (a) of this section for the maximum seating capacity of the airplane used in the demonstration, he may not, thereafter, take off that airplane— (1) In its maximum seating capacity configuration with fewer flight attendants than the number used during the emergency evacuation demonstration; or (2) In any reduced seating capacity configuration with fewer flight attendants than the number required by paragraph (a) of this section for that seating capacity plus the number of flight attendants used during the emergency evacuation demonstration that were in excess of those required under paragraph (a) of this section. (c) The number of flight attendants approved under paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are set forth in the certificate holder's operations specifications. (d) During takeoff and landing, flight attendants required by this section shall be located as near as practicable to required floor level exists and shall be uniformly distributed throughout the airplane in order to provide the most effective egress of passengers in event of an emergency evacuation. During taxi, flight attendants required by this section must remain at their duty stations with safety belts and shoulder harnesses fastened except to perform duties related to the safety of the airplane and its occupants. [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–30, 32 FR 13268, Sept. 20, 1967; Amdt. 121–46, 34 FR 5545, Mar. 22, 1969; Amdt. 121–84, 37 FR 3975, Feb. 24, 1972; Amdt. 121–88, 37 FR 5606, Mar. 17, 1972; Amdt. 121–159, 45 FR 41593, June 19, 1980; Amdt. 121–176, 46 FR 61454, Dec. 17, 1981; Amdt. 121–180, 47 FR 56463, Dec. 16, 1982; Amdt. 121–251, 60 FR 65933, Dec. 20, 1995] At stops where passengers remain on board, the certificate holder must meet the following requirements: (a) On each airplane for which a flight attendant is not required by §121.391(a), the certificate holder must ensure that a person who is qualified in the emergency evacuation procedures for the airplane, as required in §121.417, and who is identified to the passengers, remains: (1) On board the airplane; or (2) Nearby the airplane, in a position to adequately monitor passenger safety, and: (i) The airplane engines are shut down; and (ii) At least one floor level exit remains open to provide for the deplaning of passengers. (b) On each airplane for which flight attendants are required by §121.391(a), but the number of flight attendants remaining on board is fewer than required by §121.391(a), the certificate holder must meet the following requirements: (1) The certificate holder shall ensure that: (i) The airplane engines are shut down; (ii) At least one floor level exit remains open to provide for the deplaning of passengers; and (iii) the number of flight attendants on board is at least half the number required by §121.391(a), rounded down to the next lower number in the case of fractions, but never fewer than one. (2) The certificate holder may substitute for the required flight attendants other persons qualified in the emergency evacuation procedures for that aircraft as required in §121.417, if these persons are identified to the passengers. (3) If only one flight attendant or other qualified person is on board during a stop, that flight attendant or other qualified person shall be located in accordance with the certificate holder's FAA-approved operating procedures. If more than one flight attendant or other qualified person is on board, the flight attendants or other qualified persons shall be spaced throughout the cabin to provide the most effective assistance for the evacuation in case of an emergency. [Doc. No. 28154, 60 FR 65934, Dec. 20, 1995] Each certificate holder conducting domestic or flag operations shall provide enough qualified aircraft dispatchers at each dispatch center to ensure proper operational control of each flight. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 2611, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder shall, for each type and model of airplane, assigned to each category of required crewmember, as appropriate, the necessary functions to be performed in an emergency or a situation requiring emergency evacuation. The certificate holder shall show those functions are realistic, can be practically accomplished, and will meet any reasonably anticipated emergency including the possible incapacitation of individual crewmembers or their inability to reach the passenger cabin because of shifting cargo in combination cargo-passenger airplanes. (b) The certificate holder shall describe in its manual the functions of each category of required crewmembers under paragraph (a) of this section. [Doc. No. 2033, 30 FR 3206, Mar. 9, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 121–7, 30 FR 6727, May 18, 1965] Source: Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, unless otherwise noted.
(a) This subpart prescribes the requirements applicable to each certificate holder for establishing and maintaining a training program for crewmembers, aircraft dispatchers, and other operations personnel, and for the approval and use of training devices in the conduct of the program. (b) For the purpose of this subpart, airplane groups are as follows: (1) Group I. Propeller driven, including— (i) Reciprocating powered; and (ii) Turbopropeller powered. (2) Group II. Turbojet powered. (c) For the purpose of this subpart, the following terms and definitions apply: (1) Initial training. The training required for crewmembers and dispatchers who have not qualified and served in the same capacity on another airplane of the same group. (2) Transition training. The training required for crewmembers and dispatchers who have qualified and served in the same capacity on another airplane of the same group. (3) Upgrade training. The training required for crewmembers who have qualified and served as second in command or flight engineer on a particular airplane type, before they serve as pilot in command or second in command, respectively, on that airplane. (4) Differences training. The training required for crewmembers and dispatchers who have qualified and served on a particular type airplane, when the Administrator finds differences training is necessary before a crewmember serves in the same capacity on a particular variation of that airplane. (5) Programmed hours. The hours of training prescribed in this subpart which may be reduced by the Administrator upon a showing by the certificate holder that circumstances justify a lesser amount. (6) Inflight. Refers to maneuvers, procedures, or functions that must be conducted in the airplane. (7) Training center. An organization governed by the applicable requirements of part 142 of this chapter that provides training, testing, and checking under contract or other arrangement to certificate holders subject to the requirements of this part. (8) Requalification training. The training required for crewmembers previously trained and qualified, but who have become unqualified due to not having met within the required period the recurrent training requirements of §121.427 or the proficiency check requirements of §121.441. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970; 35 FR 2819, Feb. 11, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–259, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996] (a) Each certificate holder shall: (1) Establish and implement a training program that satisfies the requirements of this subpart and appendices E and F of this part and that ensures that each crewmember, aircraft dispatcher, flight instructor and check airman is adequately trained to perform his or her assigned duties. Prior to implementation, the certificate holder must obtain initial and final FAA approval of the training program. (2) Provide adequate ground and flight training facilities and properly qualified ground instructors for the training required by this subpart; (3) Provide and keep current with respect to each airplane type and, if applicable, the particular variations within that airplane type, appropriate training material, examinations, forms, instructions, and procedures for use in conducting the training and checks required by this part; and (4) Provide enough flight instructors, simulator instructors, and approved check airmen to conduct required flight training and flight checks, and simulator training courses permitted under this part. (b) Whenever a crewmember or aircraft dispatcher who is required to take recurrent training, a flight check, or a competence check, takes the check or completes the training in the calendar month before or after the calendar month in which that training or check is required, he is considered to have taken or completed it in the calendar month in which it was required. (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or check airman who is responsible for a particular ground training subject, segment of flight training, course of training, flight check, or competence check under this part shall certify as to the proficiency and knowledge of the crewmember, aircraft dispatcher, flight instructor, or check airman concerned upon completion of that training or check. That certification shall be made a part of the crewmember's or dispatcher's record. When the certification required by this paragraph is made by an entry in a computerized recordkeeping system, the certifying instructor, supervisor, or check airman must be identified with that entry. However, the signature of the certifying instructor, supervisor, or check airman is not required for computerized entries. (d) Training subjects that are applicable to more than one airplane or crewmember position and that have been satisfactorily completed in connection with prior training for another airplane or another crewmember position, need not be repeated during subsequent training other than recurrent training. (e) A person who progresses successfully through flight training, is recommended by his instructor or a check airman, and successfully completes the appropriate flight check for a check airman or the Administrator, need not complete the programmed hours of flight training for the particular airplane. However, whenever the Administrator finds that 20 percent of the flight checks given at a particular training base during the previous 6 months under this paragraph are unsuccessful, this paragraph may not be used by the certificate holder at that base until the Administrator finds that the effectiveness of the flight training there has improved. In the case of a certificate holder using a course of training permitted in §121.409(c), the Administrator may require the programmed hours of inflight training in whole or in part, until he finds the effectiveness of the flight training has improved as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–104, 38 FR 14915, June 7, 1973; Amdt. 121–108, 38 FR 35446, Dec. 28, 1973; Amdt. 121–143, 43 FR 22642, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–316, 70 FR 58823, Oct. 7, 2005] (a) Other than the certificate holder, only another certificate holder certificated under this part or a flight training center certificated under part 142 of this chapter is eligible under this subpart to provide flight training, testing, and checking under contract or other arrangement to those persons subject to the requirements of this subpart. (b) A certificate holder may contract with, or otherwise arrange to use the services of, a training center certificated under part 142 of this chapter to provide training, testing, and checking required by this part only if the training center— (1) Holds applicable training specifications issued under part 142 of this chapter; (2) Has facilities, training equipment, and courseware meeting the applicable requirements of part 142 of this chapter; (3) Has approved curriculums, curriculum segments, and portions of curriculum segments applicable for use in training courses required by this subpart; and (4) Has sufficient instructor and check airmen qualified under the applicable requirements of §§121.411 or 121.413 to provide training, testing, and checking to persons subject to the requirements of this subpart. [Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 121–263, 62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997] (a) Each certificate holder must prepare and keep current a written training program curriculum for each type of airplane with respect to dispatchers and each crewmember required for that type airplane. The curriculum must include ground and flight training required by this subpart. (b) Each training program curriculum must include: (1) A list of principal ground training subjects, including emergency training subjects, that are provided. (2) A list of all the training devices mockups, systems trainers, procedures trainers, or other training aids that the certificate holder will use. (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial displays of the approved normal, abnormal, and emergency maneuvers, procedures and functions that will be performed during each flight training phase or flight check, indicating those maneuvers, procedures and functions that are to be performed during the inflight portions of flight training and flight checks. (4) A list of airplane simulators or other training devices approved under §121.407, including approvals for particular maneuvers, procedures, or functions. (5) The programmed hours of training that will be applied to each phase of training. (6) A copy of each statement issued by the Administrator under §121.405(d) for reduction of programmed hours of training. After March 19, 1998, no certificate holder may use a person as a flight crewmember, and after March 19, 1999, no certificate holder may use a person as a flight attendant or aircraft dispatcher unless that person has completed approved crew resource management (CRM) or dispatcher resource management (DRM) initial training, as applicable, with that certificate holder or with another certificate holder. [Doc. No. 28154, 61 FR 30435, June 14, 1996] (a) To obtain initial and final approval of a training program, or a revision to an approved training program, each certificate holder must submit to the Administrator— (1) An outline of the proposed program or revision, including an outline of the proposed or revised curriculum, that provides enough information for a preliminary evaluation of the proposed training program or revised training program; and (2) Additional relevant information as may be requested by the Administrator. (b) If the proposed training program or revision complies with this subpart the Administrator grants initial approval in writing after which the certificate holder may conduct the training in accordance with that program. The Administrator then evaluates the effectiveness of the training program and advises the certificate holder of deficiencies, if any, that must be corrected. (c) The Administrator grants final approval of the training program or revision if the certificate holder shows that the training conducted under the initial approval set forth in paragraph (b) of this section ensures that each person that successfully completes the training is adequately trained to perform his assigned duties. (d) In granting initial and final approval of training programs or revisions, including reductions in programmed hours specified in this subpart, the Administrator considers the training aids, devices, methods, and procedures listed in the certificate holder's curriculum as set forth in §121.403 that increase the quality and effectiveness of the teaching-learning process. If approval of reduced programmed hours of training is granted, the Administrator provides the certificate holder with a statement of the basis for the approval. (e) Whenever the Administrator finds that revisions are necessary for the continued adequacy of a training program that has been granted final approval, the certificate holder shall, after notification by the Administrator, make any changes in the program that are found necessary by the Administrator. Within 30 days after the certificate holder receives such notice, it may file a petition to reconsider the notice with the certificate-holding district office. The filing of a petition to reconsider stays the notice pending a decision by the Administrator. However, if the Administrator finds that there is an emergency that requires immediate action in the interest of safety in air transportation, he may, upon a statement of the reasons, require a change effective without stay. (f) Each certificate holder described in §135.3 (b) and (c) of this chapter must include the material required by §121.403 in the manual required by §135.21 of this chapter. (g) The Administrator may grant a deviation to certificate holders described in §135.3 (b) and (c) of this chapter to allow reduced programmed hours of ground training required by §121.419 if it is found that a reduction is warranted based on the certificate holder's operations and the complexity of the make, model, and series of the aircraft used. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–207, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, 1989; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65948, Dec. 20, 1995; Amdt. 121–253, 61 FR 2612, Jan. 26, 1996] (a) For flightcrew members, the Administrator may credit CRM training received before March 19, 1998 toward all or part of the initial ground CRM training required by §121.419. (b) For flight attendants, the Administrator may credit CRM training received before March 19, 1999 toward all or part of the initial ground CRM training required by §121.421. (c) For aircraft dispatchers, the Administrator may credit CRM training received before March 19, 1999 toward all or part of the initial ground CRM training required by §121.422. (d) In granting credit for initial ground CRM or DRM training, the Administrator considers training aids, devices, methods, and procedures used by the certificate holder in a voluntary CRM or DRM program or in an AQP program that effectively meets the quality of an approved CRM or DRM initial ground training program under section 121.419, 121.421, or 121.422 as appropriate. [Doc. No. 27993, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Each airplane simulator and other training device that is used in a training course permitted under §121.409, in checks required under subpart O of this part or as permitted in appendices E and F to this part must: (1) Be specifically approved for— (i) The certificate holder; (ii) The type airplane and, if applicable, the particular variation within type, for which the training or check is being conducted; and (iii) The particular maneuver, procedure, or crewmember function involved. (2) Maintain the performance, functional, and other characteristics that are required for approval. (3) Be modified to conform with any modification to the airplane being simulated that results in changes to performance, functional, or other characteristics required for approval. (4) Be given a daily functional preflight check before being used. (5) Have a daily discrepancy log kept with each discrepancy entered in that log by the appropriate instructor or check airman at the end of each training or check flight. (b) A particular airplane simulator or other training device may be approved for use by more than one certificate holder. (c) An airplane simulator may be used instead of the airplane to satisfy the in-flight requirements of §§121.439 and 121.441 and appendices E and F of this part, if the simulator— (1) Is approved under this section and meets the appropriate simulator requirements of appendix H of this part; and (2) Is used as part of an approved program that meets the training requirements of §121.424 (a) and (c) and appendix H of this part. (d) An airplane simulator approved under this section must be used instead of the airplane to satisfy the pilot flight training requirements prescribed in the certificate holder's approved low-altitude windshear flight training program set forth in §121.409(d) of this part. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–161, 45 FR 44183, June 30, 1980; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988] (a) Training courses utilizing airplane simulators and other training devices may be included in the certificate holder's approved training program for use as provided in this section. (b) A course of training in an airplane simulator may be included for use as provided in §121.441 if that course— (1) Provides at least 4 hours of training at the pilot controls of an airplane simulator as well as a proper briefing before and after the training; (2) Provides training in at least the procedures and maneuvers set forth in appendix F to this part; or (3) Provides line-oriented training that— (i) Utilizes a complete flight crew; (ii) Includes at least the maneuvers and procedures (abnormal and emergency) that may be expected in line operations; (iii) Is representative of the flight segment appropriate to the operations being conducted by the certificate holder; and (4) Is given by an instructor who meets the applicable requirements of §121.412. The satisfactory completion of the course of training must be certified by either the Administrator or a qualified check airman. (c) The programmed hours of flight training set forth in this subpart do not apply if the training program for the airplane type includes— (1) A course of pilot training in an airplane simulator as provided in §121.424(d); or (2) A course of flight engineer training in an airplane simulator or other training device as provided in §121.425(c). (d) Each certificate holder required to comply with §121.358 of this part must use an approved simulator for each airplane type in each of its pilot training courses that provides training in at least the procedures and maneuvers set forth in the certificate holder's approved low-altitude windshear flight training program. The approved low-altitude windshear flight training, if applicable, must be included in each of the pilot flight training courses prescribed in §§121.409(b), 121.418, 121.424, and 121.427 of this part. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–144, 43 FR 22646, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988; Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997] (a) For the purposes of this section and §121.413: (1) A check airman (airplane) is a person who is qualified, and permitted, to conduct flight checks or instruction in an airplane, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device for a particular type airplane. (2) A check airman (simulator) is a person who is qualified to conduct flight checks or instruction, but only in a flight simulator or in a flight training device for a particular type airplane. (3) Check airmen (airplane) and check airmen (simulator) are those check airmen who perform the functions described in §121.401(a)(4). (b) No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve as a check airman (airplane) in a training program established under this subpart unless, with respect to the airplane type involved, that person— (1) Holds the airman certificates and ratings required to serve as a pilot in command, a flight engineer, or a flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (2) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate training phases for the airplane, including recurrent training, that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (3) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate proficiency or competency checks that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (4) Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of §121.413 including in-flight training and practice for initial and transition training; (5) Holds at least a Class III medical certificate unless serving as a required crewmember, in which case holds a Class I or Class II medical certificate as appropriate; (6) Has satisfied the recency of experience requirements of §121.439; and (7) Has been approved by the Administrator for the check airman duties involved. (c) No certificate holder may use a person nor may any person serve as a check airman (simulator) in a training program established under this subpart unless, with respect to the airplane type involved, that person meets the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, or— (1) Holds the airman certificates and ratings, except medical certificate, required to serve as a pilot in command, a flight engineer, or a flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (2) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate training phases for the airplane, including recurrent training, that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator in operations under this part; (3) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate proficiency or competency checks that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator in operations under this part; (4) Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of §121.413; and (5) Has been approved by the Administrator for the check airman (simulator) duties involved. (d) Completion of the requirements in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) (2), (3), and (4) of this section, as applicable, shall be entered in the individual's training record maintained by the certificate holder. (e) Check airmen who have reached their 60th birthday or who do not hold an appropriate medical certificate may function as check airmen, but may not serve as pilot flightcrew members in operations under this part. (f) A check airman (simulator) must accomplish the following— (1) Fly at least two flight segments as a required crewmember for the type airplane involved within the 12-month period preceding the performance of any check airman duty in a flight simulator; or (2) Satisfactorily complete an approved line-observation program within the period prescribed by that program and that must precede the performance of any check airman duty in a flight simulator. (g) The flight segments or line-observation program required in paragraph (f) of this section are considered to be completed in the month required if completed in the calendar month before or in the calendar month after the month in which it is due. [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30741, June 17, 1996] (a) For the purposes of this section and §121.414: (1) A flight instructor (airplane) is a person who is qualified to instruct in an airplane, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device for a particular type airplane. (2) A flight instructor (simulator) is a person who is qualified to instruct, but only in a flight simulator, in a flight training device, or both, for a particular type airplane. (3) Flight instructors (airplane) and flight instructors (simulator) are those instructors who perform the functions described in §121.401(a)(4). (b) No certificate holder may use a person nor may any person serve as a flight instructor (airplane) in a training program established under this subpart unless, with respect to the airplane type involved, that person— (1) Holds the airman certificates and rating required to serve as a pilot in command, a flight engineer, or a flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (2) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate training phases for the airplane, including recurrent training, that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (3) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate proficiency or competency checks that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (4) Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of §121.414, including in-flight training and practice for initial and transition training; (5) Holds at least a Class III medical certificate unless serving as a required crewmember, in which case holds a Class I or a Class II medical certificate as appropriate. (6) Has satisfied the recency of experience requirements of §121.439. (c) No certificate holder may use a person, nor may any person serve as a flight instructor (simulator) in a training program established under this subpart, unless, with respect to the airplane type involved, that person meets the provisions of paragraph (b) of this section, or— (1) Holds the airman certificates and ratings, except medical certificate, required to serve as a pilot in command, a flight engineer, or a flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part except before March 19, 1997 that person need not hold a type rating for the airplane type involved provided that he or she only provides the instruction described in §§121.409(b) and 121.441; (2) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate training phases for the airplane, including recurrent training, that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; (3) Has satisfactorily completed the appropriate proficiency or competency checks that are required to serve as a pilot in command, flight engineer, or flight navigator, as applicable, in operations under this part; and (4) Has satisfactorily completed the applicable training requirements of §121.414. (d) Completion of the requirements in paragraphs (b) (2), (3), and (4) or (c) (2), (3), and (4) of this section as applicable shall be entered in the individual's training record maintained by the certificate holder. (e) Flight instructors who have reached their 60th birthday, or who do not hold an appropriate medical certificate, may function as flight instructors, but may not serve as pilot flight crewmembers in operations under this part. (f) A flight instructor (simulator) must accomplish the following— (1) Fly at least two flight segments as a required crewmember for the type of airplane within the 12-month period preceding the performance of any flight instructor duty in a flight simulator (and must hold a Class I or Class II medical certificate as appropriate); or (2) Satisfactorily complete an approved line-observation program within the period prescribed by that program and that must precede the performance of any check airman duty in a flight simulator. (g) The flight segments or line-observation program required in paragraph (f) of this section is considered completed in the month required if completed in the calendar month before, or the calendar month after the month in which it is due. [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30742, June 17, 1996; 61 FR 34927, July 3, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997; Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997] (a) No certificate holder may use a person nor may any person serve as a check airman unless— (1) That person has satisfactorily completed initial or transition check airman training; and (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar months that person satisfactorily conducts a proficiency or competency check under the observation of an FAA inspector or an aircrew designated examiner employed by the operator. The observation check may be accomplished in part or in full in an airplane, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device. This paragraph applies after March 19, 1997. (b) The observation check required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is considered to have been completed in the month required if completed in the calendar month before, or the calendar month after, the month in which it is due. (c) The initial ground training for check airmen must include the following: (1) Check airman duties, functions, and responsibilities. (2) The applicable Code of Federal Regulations and the certificate holder's policies and procedures. (3) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting the required checks. (4) Proper evaluation of student performance including the detection of— (i) Improper and insufficient training; and (ii) Personal characteristics of an applicant that could adversely affect safety. (5) The appropriate corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory checks. (6) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures in the airplane. (d) The transition ground training for check airmen must include approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures applicable to the airplane to which the check airman is in transaction. (e) The initial and transition flight training for pilot check airmen (airplane), flight engineer check airmen (airplane), and flight navigator check airmen (airplane) must include the following: (1) The safety measures for emergency situations that are likely to develop during a check. (2) The potential results of improper, untimely, or non-execution of safety measures during a check. (3) For pilot check airman (airplane)— (i) Training and practice in conducting flight checks from the left and right pilot seats in the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures to ensure competence to conduct the pilot flight checks required by this part; and (ii) The safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat for emergency situations that are likely to develop during a check. (4) For flight engineer check airmen (airplane) and flight navigator check airmen (airplane), training to ensure competence to perform assigned duties. (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) of this section may be accomplished in full or in part in flight, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device, as appropriate. (g) The initial and transition flight training for check airmen (simulator) must include the following: (1) Training and practice in conducting flight checks in the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures to ensure competence to conduct the flight checks required by this part. This training and practice must be accomplished in a flight simulator or in a flight training device. (2) Training in the operation of flight simulators or flight training devices, or both, to ensure competence to conduct the flight checks required by this part. [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30743, June 17, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997; Amdt. 121–264, 62 FR 23120, Apr. 28, 1997] (a) No certificate holder may use a person nor may any person serve as a flight instructor unless— (1) That person has satisfactorily completed initial or transition flight instructor training; and (2) Within the preceding 24 calendar months, that person satisfactorily conducts instruction under the observation of an FAA inspector, an operator check airman, or an aircrew designated examiner employed by the operator. The observation check may be accomplished in part or in full in an airplane, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device. This paragraph applies after March 19, 1997. (b) The observation check required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is considered to have been completed in the month required if completed in the calendar month before, or the calendar month after, the month in which it is due. (c) The initial ground training for flight instructors must include the following: (1) Flight instructor duties, functions, and responsibilities. (2) The applicable Code of Federal Regulations and the certificate holder's policies and procedures. (3) The appropriate methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting flight instruction. (4) Proper evaluation of student performance including the detection of— (i) Improper and insufficient training; and (ii) Personal characteristics of an applicant that could adversely affect safety. (5) The corrective action in the case of unsatisfactory training progress. (6) The approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures in the airplane. (7) Except for holders of a flight instructor certificate— (i) The fundamental principles of the teaching-learning process; (ii) Teaching methods and procedures; and (iii) The instructor-student relationship. (d) The transition ground training for flight instructors must include the approved methods, procedures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures applicable to the airplane to which the flight instructor is in transition. (e) The initial and transition flight training for flight instructors (airplane), flight engineer instructors (airplane), and flight navigator instructors (airplane) must include the following: (1) The safety measures for emergency situations that are likely to develop during instruction. (2) The potential results of improper, untimely, or non-execution of safety measures during instruction. (3) For pilot flight instructor (airplane)— (i) In-flight training and practice in conducting flight instruction from the left and right pilot seats in the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures to ensure competence as an instructor; and (ii) The safety measures to be taken from either pilot seat for emergency situations that are likely to develop during instruction. (4) For flight engineer instructors (airplane) and flight navigator instructors (airplane), in-flight training to ensure competence to perform assigned duties. (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) of this section may be accomplished in full or in part in flight, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device, as appropriate. (g) The initial and transition flight training for flight instructors (simulator) must include the following: (1) Training and practice in the required normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures to ensure competence to conduct the flight instruction required by this part. This training and practice must be accomplished in full or in part in a flight simulator or in a flight training device. (2) Training in the operation of flight simulators or flight training devices, or both, to ensure competence to conduct the flight instruction required by this part. [Doc. No. 28471, 61 FR 30743, June 17, 1996; 62 FR 3739, Jan. 24, 1997] (a) Each training program must provide the following ground training as appropriate to the particular assignment of the crewmember or dispatcher: (1) Basic indoctrination ground training for newly hired crewmembers or dispatchers including 40 programmed hours of instruction, unless reduced under §121.405 or as specified in §121.401(d), in at least the following— (i) Duties and responsibilities of crewmembers or dispatchers, as applicable; (ii) Appropriate provisions of the Federal Aviation Regulations; (iii) Contents of the certificate holder's operating certificate and operations specifications (not required for flight attendants); and (iv) Appropriate portions of the certificate holder's operating manual. (2) The initial and transition ground training specified in §§121.419 through 121.422, as applicable. (3) For crewmembers, emergency training as specified in §§121.417 and 121.805. (b) Each training program must provide the flight training specified in §§121.424 through 121.426, as applicable. (c) Each training program must provide recurrent ground and flight training as provided in §121.427. (d) Each training program must provide the differences training specified in §121.418 if the Administrator finds that, due to differences between airplanes of the same type operated by the certificate holder, additional training is necessary to insure that each crewmember and dispatcher is adequately trained to perform his assigned duties. (e) Upgrade training as specified in §§121.419 and 121.424 for a particular type airplane may be included in the training program for crewmembers who have qualified and served as second in command pilot or flight engineer on that airplane. (f) Particular subjects, maneuvers, procedures, or parts thereof specified in §§121.419 through 121.425 for transition or upgrade training, as applicable, may be omitted, or the programmed hours of ground instruction or inflight training may be reduced, as provided in §121.405. (g) In addition to initial, transition, upgrade, recurrent and differences training, each training program must also provide ground and flight training, instruction, and practice as necessary to insure that each crewmember and dispatcher— (1) Remains adequately trained and currently proficient with respect to each airplane, crewmember position, and type of operation in which he serves; and (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facilities, procedures, and techniques, including modifications to airplanes. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–130, 41 FR 47229, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 121–281, 66 FR 19043, Apr. 12, 2001] (a) Each training program must provide the emergency training set forth in this section with respect to each airplane type, model, and configuration, each required crewmember, and each kind of operation conducted, insofar as appropriate for each crewmember and the certificate holder. (b) Emergency training must provide the following: (1) Instruction in emergency assignments and procedures, including coordination among crewmembers. (2) Individual instruction in the location, function, and operation of emergency equipment including— (i) Equipment used in ditching and evacuation; (ii) [Reserved] (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with emphasis on type of extinguisher to be used on different classes of fires; and (iv) Emergency exits in the emergency mode with the evacuation slide/raft pack attached (if applicable), with training emphasis on the operation of the exits under adverse conditions. (3) Instruction in the handling of emergency situations including— (i) Rapid decompression; (ii) Fire in flight or on the surface, and smoke control procedures with emphasis on electrical equipment and related circuit breakers found in cabin areas including all galleys, service centers, lifts, lavatories and movie screens; (iii) Ditching and other evacuation, including the evacuation of persons and their attendants, if any, who may need the assistance of another person to move expeditiously to an exit in the event of an emergency. (iv) [Reserved] (v) Hijacking and other unusual situations. (4) Review and discussion of previous aircraft accidents and incidents pertaining to actual emergency situations. (c) Each crewmember must accomplish the following emergency training during the specified training periods, using those items of installed emergency equipment for each type of airplane in which he or she is to serve (Alternate recurrent training required by §121.433(c) of this part may be accomplished by approved pictorial presentation or demonstration): (1) One-time emergency drill requirements to be accomplished during initial training. Each crewmember must perform— (i) At least one approved protective breathing equipment (PBE) drill in which the crewmember combats an actual or simulated fire using at least one type of installed hand fire extinguisher or approved fire extinguisher that is appropriate for the type of actual fire or simulated fire to be fought while using the type of installed PBE required by §121.337 or approved PBE simulation device as defined by paragraph (d) of this section for combatting fires aboard airplanes; (ii) At least one approved firefighting drill in which the crewmember combats an actual fire using at least one type of installed hand fire extinguisher or approved fire extinguisher that is appropriate for the type of fire to be fought. This firefighting drill is not required if the crewmember performs the PBE drill of paragraph (c)(1)(i) by combating an actual fire; and (iii) An emergency evacuation drill with each person egressing the airplane or approved training device using at least one type of installed emergency evacuation slide. The crewmember may either observe the airplane exits being opened in the emergency mode and the associated exit slide/raft pack being deployed and inflated, or perform the tasks resulting in the accomplishment of these actions. (2) Additional emergency drill requirements to be accomplished during initial training and once each 24 calendar months during recurrent training. Each crewmember must— (i) Perform the following emergency drills and operate the following equipment: (A) Each type of emergency exit in the normal and emergency modes, including the actions and forces required in the deployment of the emergency evacuation slides; (B) Each type of installed hand fire extinguisher; (C) Each type of emergency oxygen system to include protective breathing equipment; (D) Donning, use, and inflation of individual flotation means, if applicable; and (E) Ditching, if applicable, including but not limited to, as appropriate: (1) Cockpit preparation and procedures; (2) Crew coordination; (3) Passenger briefing and cabin preparation; (4) Donning and inflation of life preservers; (5) Use of life-lines; and (6) Boarding of passengers and crew into raft or a slide/raft pack. (ii) Observe the following drills: (A) Removal from the airplane (or training device) and inflation of each type of life raft, if applicable; (B) Transfer of each type of slide/raft pack from one door to another; (C) Deployment, inflation, and detachment from the airplane (or training device) of each type of slide/raft pack; and (D) Emergency evacuation including the use of a slide. (d) After September 1, 1993, no crewmember may serve in operations under this part unless that crewmember has performed the PBE drill and the firefighting drill described by paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section, as part of a one-time training requirement of paragraphs (c)(1) or (c)(2) of this section as appropriate. Any crewmember who performs the PBE drill and the firefighting drill prescribed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section after May 26, 1987, is deemed to be in compliance with this regulation upon presentation of information or documentation, in a form and manner acceptable to the Director, Flight Standards Service, showing that the appropriate drills have been accomplished. (e) Crewmembers who serve in operations above 25,000 feet must receive instruction in the following: (1) Respiration. (2) Hypoxia. (3) Duration of consciousness without supplemental oxygen at altitude. (4) Gas expansion. (5) Gas bubble formation. (6) Physical phenomena and incidents of decompression. (f) For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply: (1) Actual fire means an ignited combustible material, in controlled conditions, of sufficient magnitude and duration to accomplish the training objectives outlined in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) and (c)(1)(ii) of this section. (2) Approved fire extinguisher means a training device that has been approved by the Administrator for use in meeting the training requirements of §121.417(c). (3) Approved PBE simulation device means a training device that has been approved by the Administrator for use in meeting the training requirements of §121.417(c). (4) Combats, in this context, means to properly fight an actual or simulated fire using an appropriate type of fire extinguisher until that fire is extinguished. (5) Observe means to watch without participating actively in the drill. (6) PBE drill means an emergency drill in which a crewmember demonstrates the proper use of protective breathing equipment while fighting an actual or simulated fire. (7) Perform means to satisfactorily accomplish a prescribed emergency drill using established procedures that stress the skill of the persons involved in the drill. (8) Simulated fire means an artificial duplication of smoke or flame used to create various aircraft firefighting scenarios, such as lavatory, galley oven, and aircraft seat fires. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970] Editorial Note: For (a) Differences training for crewmembers and dispatchers must consist of at least the following as applicable to their assigned duties and responsibilities: (1) Instruction in each appropriate subject or part thereof required for initial ground training in the airplane unless the Administrator finds that particular subjects are not necessary. (2) Flight training in each appropriate maneuver or procedure required for initial flight training in the airplane unless the Administrator finds that particular maneuvers or procedures are not necessary. (3) The number of programmed hours of ground and flight training determined by the Administrator to be necessary for the airplane, the operation, and the crewmember or aircraft dispatcher involved. Differences training for all variations of a particular type airplane may be included in initial, transition, upgrade, and recurrent training for the airplane. (a) Initial, transition, and upgrade ground training for pilots and flight engineers must include instruction in at least the following as applicable to their assigned duties: (1) General subjects— (i) The certificate holder's dispatch or flight release procedures; (ii) Principles and methods for determining weight and balance, and runway limitations for takeoff and landing; (iii) Enough meteorology to insure a practical knowledge of weather phenomena, including the principles of frontal systems, icing, fog, thunderstorms, and high altitude weather situations; (iv) Air traffic control systems, procedures, and phraseology; (v) Navigation and the use of navigation aids, including instrument approach procedures; (vi) Normal and emergency communication procedures; (vii) Visual cues prior to and during descent below DH or MDA; (viii) Approved crew resource management initial training; and (ix) Other instructions as necessary to ensure his competence. (2) For each airplane type— (i) A general description; (ii) Performance characteristics; (iii) Engines and propellers; (iv) Major components; (v) Major airplane systems (i.e., flight controls, electrical, hydraulic); other systems as appropriate; principles of normal, abnormal, and emergency operations; appropriate procedures and limitations; (vi) Procedures for— (A) Recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations; (B) Escaping from severe weather situations, in case of inadvertent encounters, including low-altitude windshear, and (C) Operating in or near thunderstorms (including best penetrating altitudes), turbulent air (including clear air turbulence), icing, hail, and other potentially hazardous meteorological conditions; (vii) Operating limitations; (viii) Fuel consumption and cruise control; (ix) Flight planning; (x) Each normal and emergency procedure; and (xi) The approved Airplane Flight Manual. (b) Initial ground training for pilots and flight engineers must consist of at least the following programmed hours of instruction in the required subjects specified in paragraph (a) of this section and in §121.415(a) unless reduced under §121.405: (1) Group I airplanes— (i) Reciprocating powered, 64 hours; and (ii) Turbopropeller powered, 80 hours. (2) Group II airplanes, 120 hours. [Doc. No. 9509, 35 FR 90, Jan. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 121–199, 53 FR 37696, Sept. 27, 1988; Amdt. 121–250, 60 FR 65949, Dec. 20, 1995] (a) Initial and transition ground training for flight
Title 14: Aeronautics and Space
PART 121—OPERATING REQUIREMENTS: DOMESTIC, FLAG, AND SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS
Section Contents
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 14
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 36
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 50–2
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 71
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 78
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 80—Alternative Communications and Dispatching Procedures
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 92–5—Flightcrew Compartment Access and Door Designs
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 93
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 97
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 106—Rules for use of portable oxygen concentrator systems on board aircraft
§ 121.1 Applicability.
§ 121.2 Compliance schedule for operators that transition to part 121; certain new entrant operators.
§ 121.4 Applicability of rules to unauthorized operators.
§ 121.11 Rules applicable to operations in a foreign country.
§ 121.15 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or stimulant drugs or substances.
§ 121.91 Applicability.
§ 121.93 Route requirements: General.
§ 121.95 Route width.
§ 121.97 Airports: Required data.
§ 121.99 Communication facilities.
§ 121.101 Weather reporting facilities.
§ 121.103 En route navigational facilities.
§ 121.105 Servicing and maintenance facilities.
§ 121.107 Dispatch centers.
§ 121.111 Applicability.
§ 121.113 Area and route requirements: General.
§ 121.115 Route width.
§ 121.117 Airports: Required data.
§ 121.119 Weather reporting facilities.
§ 121.121 En route navigational facilities.
§ 121.123 Servicing maintenance facilities.
§ 121.125 Flight following system.
§ 121.127 Flight following system; requirements.
§ 121.131 Applicability.
§ 121.133 Preparation.
§ 121.135 Manual contents.
§ 121.137 Distribution and availability.
§ 121.139 Requirements for manual aboard aircraft: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.141 Airplane flight manual.
§ 121.151 Applicability.
§ 121.153 Aircraft requirements: General.
§ 121.155 [Reserved]
§ 121.157 Aircraft certification and equipment requirements.
§ 121.159 Single-engine airplanes prohibited.
§ 121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of route.
§ 121.163 Aircraft proving tests.
§ 121.171 Applicability.
§ 121.173 General.
§ 121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Weight limitations.
§ 121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Takeoff limitations.
§ 121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: En route limitations: All engines operating.
§ 121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
§ 121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four or more engines: Reciprocating engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines inoperative.
§ 121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Landing limitations: Destination airport.
§ 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airport.
§ 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Takeoff limitations.
§ 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
§ 121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines inoperative.
§ 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limitations: Destination airports.
§ 121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airports.
§ 121.198 Cargo service airplanes: Increased zero fuel and landing weights.
§ 121.199 Nontransport category airplanes: Takeoff limitations.
§ 121.201 Nontransport category airplanes: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
§ 121.203 Nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations: Destination airport.
§ 121.205 Nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations: Alternate airport.
§ 121.207 Provisionally certificated airplanes: Operating limitations.
§ 121.211 Applicability.
§ 121.213 [Reserved]
§ 121.215 Cabin interiors.
§ 121.217 Internal doors.
§ 121.219 Ventilation.
§ 121.221 Fire precautions.
§ 121.223 Proof of compliance with §121.221.
§ 121.225 Propeller deicing fluid.
§ 121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrangements.
§ 121.229 Location of fuel tanks.
§ 121.231 Fuel system lines and fittings.
§ 121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in designated fire zones.
§ 121.235 Fuel valves.
§ 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in designated fire zones.
§ 121.239 Oil valves.
§ 121.241 Oil system drains.
§ 121.243 Engine breather lines.
§ 121.245 Fire walls.
§ 121.247 Fire-wall construction.
§ 121.249 Cowling.
§ 121.251 Engine accessory section diaphragm.
§ 121.253 Powerplant fire protection.
§ 121.255 Flammable fluids.
§ 121.257 Shutoff means.
§ 121.259 Lines and fittings.
§ 121.261 Vent and drain lines.
§ 121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems.
§ 121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents.
§ 121.267 Extinguishing agent container pressure relief.
§ 121.269 Extinguishing agent container compartment temperature.
§ 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system materials.
§ 121.273 Fire-detector systems.
§ 121.275 Fire detectors.
§ 121.277 Protection of other airplane components against fire.
§ 121.279 Control of engine rotation.
§ 121.281 Fuel system independence.
§ 121.283 Induction system ice prevention.
§ 121.285 Carriage of cargo in passenger compartments.
§ 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo compartments.
§ 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning device.
§ 121.291 Demonstration of emergency evacuation procedures.
§ 121.293 Special airworthiness requirements for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964.
§ 121.301 Applicability.
§ 121.303 Airplane instruments and equipment.
§ 121.305 Flight and navigational equipment.
§ 121.306 Portable electronic devices.
§ 121.307 Engine instruments.
§ 121.308 Lavatory fire protection.
§ 121.309 Emergency equipment.
§ 121.310 Additional emergency equipment.
§ 121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoulder harnesses.
§ 121.312 Materials for compartment interiors.
§ 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment.
§ 121.314 Cargo and baggage compartments.
§ 121.315 Cockpit check procedure.
§ 121.316 Fuel tanks.
§ 121.317 Passenger information requirements, smoking prohibitions, and additional seat belt requirements.
§ 121.318 Public address system.
§ 121.319 Crewmember interphone system.
§ 121.321 [Reserved]
§ 121.323 Instruments and equipment for operations at night.
§ 121.325 Instruments and equipment for operations under IFR or over-the-top.
§ 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Reciprocating engine powered airplanes.
§ 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for sustenance: Turbine engine powered airplanes.
§ 121.331 Supplemental oxygen requirements for pressurized cabin airplanes: Reciprocating engine powered airplanes.
§ 121.333 Supplemental oxygen for emergency descent and for first aid; turbine engine powered airplanes with pressurized cabins.
§ 121.335 Equipment standards.
§ 121.337 Protective breathing equipment.
§ 121.339 Emergency equipment for extended over-water operations.
§ 121.340 Emergency flotation means.
§ 121.341 Equipment for operations in icing conditions.
§ 121.342 Pitot heat indication systems.
§ 121.343 Flight recorders.
§ 121.344 Digital flight data recorders for transport category airplanes.
§ 121.344a Digital flight data recorders for 10–19 seat airplanes.
§ 121.345 Radio equipment.
§ 121.347 Radio equipment for operations under VFR over routes navigated by pilotage.
§ 121.349 Radio equipment for operations under VFR over routes not navigated by pilotage or for operations under IFR or over-the-top.
§ 121.351 Radio equipment for extended overwater operations and for certain other operations.
§ 121.353 Emergency equipment for operations over uninhabited terrain areas: Flag, supplemental, and certain domestic operations.
§ 121.354 Terrain awareness and warning system.
§ 121.355 Equipment for operations on which specialized means of navigation are used.
§ 121.356 Collision avoidance system.
§ 121.357 Airborne weather radar equipment requirements.
§ 121.358 Low-altitude windshear system equipment requirements.
§ 121.359 Cockpit voice recorders.
§ 121.360 Ground proximity warning-glide slope deviation alerting system.
§ 121.361 Applicability.
§ 121.363 Responsibility for airworthiness.
§ 121.365 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration organization.
§ 121.367 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations programs.
§ 121.368 Aging airplane inspections and records reviews.
§ 121.369 Manual requirements.
§ 121.370 Special maintenance program requirements.
§ 121.370a Supplemental inspections.
§ 121.371 Required inspection personnel.
§ 121.373 Continuing analysis and surveillance.
§ 121.375 Maintenance and preventive maintenance training program.
§ 121.377 Maintenance and preventive maintenance personnel duty time limitations.
§ 121.378 Certificate requirements.
§ 121.379 Authority to perform and approve maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations.
§ 121.380 Maintenance recording requirements.
§ 121.380a Transfer of maintenance records.
§ 121.381 Applicability.
§ 121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of services.
§ 121.385 Composition of flight crew.
§ 121.387 Flight engineer.
§ 121.389 Flight navigator and specialized navigation equipment.
§ 121.391 Flight attendants.
§ 121.393 Crewmember requirements at stops where passengers remain on board.
§ 121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.397 Emergency and emergency evacuation duties.
§ 121.400 Applicability and terms used.
§ 121.401 Training program: General.
§ 121.402 Training program: Special rules.
§ 121.403 Training program: Curriculum.
§ 121.404 Compliance dates: Crew and dispatcher resource management training.
§ 121.405 Training program and revision: Initial and final approval.
§ 121.406 Credit for previous CRM/DRM training.
§ 121.407 Training program: Approval of airplane simulators and other training devices.
§ 121.409 Training courses using airplane simulators and other training devices.
§ 121.411 Qualifications: Check airmen (airplane) and check airmen (simulator).
§ 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instructors (airplane) and flight instructors (simulator).
§ 121.413 Initial and transition training and checking requirements: Check airmen (airplane), check airmen (simulator).
§ 121.414 Initial and transition training and checking requirements: flight instructors (airplane), flight instructors (simulator).
§ 121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training requirements.
§ 121.417 Crewmember emergency training.
§ 121.418 Differences training: Crewmembers and dispatchers.
§ 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: Initial, transition, and upgrade ground training.
§ 121.420 Flight navigators: Initial and transition ground training.
§ 121.421 Flight attendants: Initial and transition ground training.
§ 121.422 Aircraft dispatchers: Initial and transition ground training.
§ 121.424 Pilots: Initial, transition, and upgrade flight training.
§ 121.425 Flight engineers: Initial and transition flight training.
§ 121.426 Flight navigators: Initial and transition flight training.
§ 121.427 Recurrent training.
§ 121.429 Prohibited drugs.
§ 121.431 Applicability.
§ 121.432 General.
§ 121.433 Training required.
§ 121.434 Operating experience, operating cycles, and consolidation of knowledge and skills.
§ 121.437 Pilot qualification: Certificates required.
§ 121.438 Pilot operating limitations and pairing requirements.
§ 121.439 Pilot qualification: Recent experience.
§ 121.440 Line checks.
§ 121.441 Proficiency checks.
§ 121.443 Pilot in command qualification: Route and airports.
§ 121.445 Pilot in command airport qualification: Special areas and airports.
§ 121.447 [Reserved]
§ 121.453 Flight engineer qualifications.
§ 121.455 Use of prohibited drugs.
§ 121.457 Testing for prohibited drugs.
§ 121.458 Misuse of alcohol.
§ 121.459 Testing for alcohol.
Limitations: Domestic and Flag Operations; Flight Attendant Duty Period Limitations and Rest Requirements: Domestic, Flag, and Supplemental Operations
§ 121.461 Applicability.
§ 121.463 Aircraft dispatcher qualifications.
§ 121.465 Aircraft dispatcher duty time limitations: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.467 Flight attendant duty period limitations and rest requirements: Domestic, flag, and supplemental operations.
§ 121.470 Applicability.
§ 121.471 Flight time limitations and rest requirements: All flight crewmembers.
§ 121.480 Applicability.
§ 121.481 Flight time limitations: One or two pilot crews.
§ 121.483 Flight time limitations: Two pilots and one additional flight crewmember.
§ 121.485 Flight time limitations: Three or more pilots and an additional flight crewmember.
§ 121.487 Flight time limitations: Pilots not regularly assigned.
§ 121.489 Flight time limitations: Other commercial flying.
§ 121.491 Flight time limitations: Deadhead transportation.
§ 121.493 Flight time limitations: Flight engineers and flight navigators.
§ 121.500 Applicability.
§ 121.503 Flight time limitations: Pilots: airplanes.
§ 121.505 Flight time limitations: Two pilot crews: airplanes.
§ 121.507 Flight time limitations: Three pilot crews: airplanes.
§ 121.509 Flight time limitations: Four pilot crews: airplanes.
§ 121.511 Flight time limitations: Flight engineers: airplanes.
§ 121.513 Flight time limitations: Overseas and international operations: airplanes.
§ 121.515 Flight time limitations: All airmen: airplanes.
§ 121.517 Flight time limitations: Other commercial flying: airplanes.
§ 121.519 Flight time limitations: Deadhead transportation: airplanes.
§ 121.521 Flight time limitations: Crew of two pilots and one additional airman as required.
§ 121.523 Flight time limitations: Crew of three or more pilots and additional airmen as required.
§ 121.525 Flight time limitations: Pilots serving in more than one kind of flight crew.
§ 121.531 Applicability.
§ 121.533 Responsibility for operational control: Domestic operations.
§ 121.535 Responsibility for operational control: Flag operations.
§ 121.537 Responsibility for operational control: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.538 Aircraft security.
§ 121.539 Operations notices.
§ 121.541 Operations schedules: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.542 Flight crewmember duties.
§ 121.543 Flight crewmembers at controls.
§ 121.545 Manipulation of controls.
§ 121.547 Admission to flight deck.
§ 121.548 Aviation safety inspector's credentials: Admission to pilot's compartment.
§ 121.548a DOD Commercial Air Carrier Evaluator's Credential.
§ 121.549 Flying equipment.
§ 121.550 Secret Service Agents: Admission to flight deck.
§ 121.551 Restriction or suspension of operation: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.553 Restriction or suspension of operation: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.555 Compliance with approved routes and limitations: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.557 Emergencies: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.559 Emergencies: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.561 Reporting potentially hazardous meteorological conditions and irregularities of ground and navigation facilities.
§ 121.563 Reporting mechanical irregularities.
§ 121.565 Engine inoperative: Landing; reporting.
§ 121.567 Instrument approach procedures and IFR landing minimums.
§ 121.569 Equipment interchange: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.570 Airplane evacuation capability.
§ 121.571 Briefing passengers before takeoff.
§ 121.573 Briefing passengers: Extended overwater operations.
§ 121.574 Oxygen for medical use by passengers.
§ 121.575 Alcoholic beverages.
§ 121.576 Retention of items of mass in passenger and crew compartments.
§ 121.577 Stowage of food, beverage, and passenger service equipment during airplane movement on the surface, takeoff, and landing.
§ 121.578 Cabin ozone concentration.
§ 121.579 Minimum altitudes for use of autopilot.
§ 121.580 Prohibition on interference with crewmembers.
§ 121.581 Observer's seat: En route inspections.
§ 121.583 Carriage of persons without compliance with the passenger-carrying requirements of this part.
§ 121.585 Exit seating.
§ 121.586 Authority to refuse transportation.
§ 121.587 Closing and locking of flightcrew compartment door.
§ 121.589 Carry-on baggage.
§ 121.590 Use of certificated land airports in the United States.
§ 121.591 Applicability.
§ 121.593 Dispatching authority: Domestic operations.
§ 121.595 Dispatching authority: Flag operations.
§ 121.597 Flight release authority: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.599 Familiarity with weather conditions.
§ 121.601 Aircraft dispatcher information to pilot in command: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.603 Facilities and services: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.605 Airplane equipment.
§ 121.607 Communication and navigation facilities: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.609 Communication and navigation facilities: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.611 Dispatch or flight release under VFR.
§ 121.613 Dispatch or flight release under IFR or over the top.
§ 121.615 Dispatch or flight release over water: Flag and supplemental operations.
§ 121.617 Alternate airport for departure.
§ 121.619 Alternate airport for destination: IFR or over-the-top: Domestic operations.
§ 121.621 Alternate airport for destination: Flag operations.
§ 121.623 Alternate airport for destination: IFR or over-the-top: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.625 Alternate airport weather minimums.
§ 121.627 Continuing flight in unsafe conditions.
§ 121.628 Inoperable instruments and equipment.
§ 121.629 Operation in icing conditions.
§ 121.631 Original dispatch or flight release, redispatch or amendment of dispatch or flight release.
§ 121.633 [Reserved]
§ 121.635 Dispatch to and from refueling or provisional airports: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.637 Takeoffs from unlisted and alternate airports: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.639 Fuel supply: All domestic operations.
§ 121.641 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: Flag operations.
§ 121.643 Fuel supply: Nonturbine and turbo-propeller-powered airplanes: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.645 Fuel supply: Turbine-engine powered airplanes, other than turbo propeller: Flag and supplemental operations.
§ 121.647 Factors for computing fuel required.
§ 121.649 Takeoff and landing weather minimums: VFR: Domestic operations.
§ 121.651 Takeoff and landing weather minimums: IFR: All certificate holders.
§ 121.652 Landing weather minimums: IFR: All certificate holders.
§ 121.653 [Reserved]
§ 121.655 Applicability of reported weather minimums.
§ 121.657 Flight altitude rules.
§ 121.659 Initial approach altitude: Domestic and supplemental operations.
§ 121.661 Initial approach altitude: Flag operations.
§ 121.663 Responsibility for dispatch release: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.665 Load manifest.
§ 121.667 Flight plan: VFR and IFR: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.681 Applicability.
§ 121.683 Crewmember and dispatcher record.
§ 121.685 Aircraft record: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.687 Dispatch release: Flag and domestic operations.
§ 121.689 Flight release form: Supplemental operations.
§ 121.691 [Reserved]
§ 121.693 Load manifest: All certificate holders.
§ 121.695 Disposition of load manifest, dispatch release, and flight plans: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.697 Disposition of load manifest, flight release, and flight plans: Supplemental operations.
§§ 121.698-121.699 [Reserved]
§ 121.701 Maintenance log: Aircraft.
§ 121.703 Service difficulty reports.
§ 121.705 Mechanical interruption summary report.
§ 121.707 Alteration and repair reports.
§ 121.709 Airworthiness release or aircraft log entry.
§ 121.711 Communication records: Domestic and flag operations.
§ 121.713 Retention of contracts and amendments: Commercial operators who conduct intrastate operations for compensation or hire.
§ 121.721 Applicability.
§ 121.723 Surrender of international crewmember certificate.
§ 121.801 Applicability.
§ 121.803 Emergency medical equipment.
§ 121.805 Crewmember training for in-flight medical events.
§ 121.901 Purpose and eligibility.
§ 121.903 General requirements for Advanced Qualification Programs.
§ 121.905 Confidential commercial information.
§ 121.907 Definitions.
§ 121.909 Approval of Advanced Qualification Program.
§ 121.911 Indoctrination curriculum.
§ 121.913 Qualification curriculum.
§ 121.915 Continuing qualification curriculum.
§ 121.917 Other requirements.
§ 121.919 Certification.
§ 121.921 Training devices and simulators.
§ 121.923 Approval of training, qualification, or evaluation by a person who provides training by arrangement.
§ 121.925 Recordkeeping requirements.
§ 121.1001 Applicability and definitions.
§ 121.1003 Hazardous materials training: General.
§ 121.1005 Hazardous materials training required.
§ 121.1007 Hazardous materials training records.
Appendix A to Part 121—First Aid Kits and Emergency Medical Kits
Appendix B to Part 121—Airplane Flight Recorder Specification
Appendix C to Part 121—C–46 Nontransport Category Airplanes
Appendix D to Part 121—Criteria for Demonstration of Emergency Evacuation Procedures Under §121.291
Appendix E to Part 121—Flight Training Requirements
Appendix F to Part 121—Proficiency Check Requirements
Appendix G to Part 121—Doppler Radar and Inertial Navigation System (INS): Request for Evaluation; Equipment and Equipment Installation; Training Program; Equipment Accuracy and Reliability; Evaluation Program
Appendix H to Part 121—Advanced Simulation
Appendix I to Part 121—Drug Testing Program
Appendix J to Part 121—Alcohol Misuse Prevention Program
Appendix K to Part 121—Performance Requirements for Certain Turbopropeller Powered Airplanes
Appendix L to Part 121—Type Certification Regulations Made Previously Effective
Appendix M to Part 121—Airplane Flight Recorder Specifications
Appendix N to Part 121 [Reserved]
Appendix O—Hazardous Materials Training Requirements For Certificate Holders
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 14
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 36
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 50–2
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 71
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 78
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 80—Alternative Communications and Dispatching Procedures
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 92–5—Flightcrew Compartment Access and Door Designs
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 93
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 97
top
Special Federal Aviation Regulation 106—Rules for use of portable oxygen concentrator systems on board aircraft
top
Subpart A—General
top
§ 121.1 Applicability.
top
§ 121.2 Compliance schedule for operators that transition to part 121; certain new entrant operators.
top
§ 121.4 Applicability of rules to unauthorized operators.
top
§ 121.11 Rules applicable to operations in a foreign country.
top
§ 121.15 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or stimulant drugs or substances.
top
Subpart B—Certification Rules for Domestic and Flag Air Carriers [Reserved]
top
Subpart C—Certification Rules for Supplemental Air Carriers and Commercial Operators [Reserved]
top
Subpart D—Rules Governing All Certificate Holders Under This Part [Reserved]
top
Subpart E—Approval of Routes: Domestic and Flag Operations
top
§ 121.91 Applicability.
top
§ 121.93 Route requirements: General.
top
§ 121.95 Route width.
top
§ 121.97 Airports: Required data.
top
§ 121.99 Communication facilities.
top
§ 121.101 Weather reporting facilities.
top
§ 121.103 En route navigational facilities.
top
§ 121.105 Servicing and maintenance facilities.
top
§ 121.107 Dispatch centers.
top
Subpart F—Approval of Areas and Routes for Supplemental Operations
top
§ 121.111 Applicability.
top
§ 121.113 Area and route requirements: General.
top
§ 121.115 Route width.
top
§ 121.117 Airports: Required data.
top
§ 121.119 Weather reporting facilities.
top
§ 121.121 En route navigational facilities.
top
§ 121.123 Servicing maintenance facilities.
top
§ 121.125 Flight following system.
top
§ 121.127 Flight following system; requirements.
top
Subpart G—Manual Requirements
top
§ 121.131 Applicability.
top
§ 121.133 Preparation.
top
§ 121.135 Manual contents.
top
§ 121.137 Distribution and availability.
top
§ 121.139 Requirements for manual aboard aircraft: Supplemental operations.
top
§ 121.141 Airplane flight manual.
top
Subpart H—Aircraft Requirements
top
§ 121.151 Applicability.
top
§ 121.153 Aircraft requirements: General.
top
§ 121.155 [Reserved]
top
§ 121.157 Aircraft certification and equipment requirements.
top
§ 121.159 Single-engine airplanes prohibited.
top
§ 121.161 Airplane limitations: Type of route.
top
§ 121.163 Aircraft proving tests.
top
Subpart I—Airplane Performance Operating Limitations
top
§ 121.171 Applicability.
top
§ 121.173 General.
top
§ 121.175 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Weight limitations.
top
§ 121.177 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Takeoff limitations.
top
§ 121.179 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: En route limitations: All engines operating.
top
§ 121.181 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
top
§ 121.183 Part 25 airplanes with four or more engines: Reciprocating engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines inoperative.
top
§ 121.185 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Landing limitations: Destination airport.
top
§ 121.187 Airplanes: Reciprocating engine-powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airport.
top
§ 121.189 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Takeoff limitations.
top
§ 121.191 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
top
§ 121.193 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: En route limitations: Two engines inoperative.
top
§ 121.195 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limitations: Destination airports.
top
§ 121.197 Airplanes: Turbine engine powered: Landing limitations: Alternate airports.
top
§ 121.198 Cargo service airplanes: Increased zero fuel and landing weights.
top
§ 121.199 Nontransport category airplanes: Takeoff limitations.
top
§ 121.201 Nontransport category airplanes: En route limitations: One engine inoperative.
top
§ 121.203 Nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations: Destination airport.
top
§ 121.205 Nontransport category airplanes: Landing limitations: Alternate airport.
top
§ 121.207 Provisionally certificated airplanes: Operating limitations.
top
Subpart J—Special Airworthiness Requirements
top
§ 121.211 Applicability.
top
§ 121.213 [Reserved]
top
§ 121.215 Cabin interiors.
top
§ 121.217 Internal doors.
top
§ 121.219 Ventilation.
top
§ 121.221 Fire precautions.
top
§ 121.223 Proof of compliance with §121.221.
top
§ 121.225 Propeller deicing fluid.
top
§ 121.227 Pressure cross-feed arrangements.
top
§ 121.229 Location of fuel tanks.
top
§ 121.231 Fuel system lines and fittings.
top
§ 121.233 Fuel lines and fittings in designated fire zones.
top
§ 121.235 Fuel valves.
top
§ 121.237 Oil lines and fittings in designated fire zones.
top
§ 121.239 Oil valves.
top
§ 121.241 Oil system drains.
top
§ 121.243 Engine breather lines.
top
§ 121.245 Fire walls.
top
§ 121.247 Fire-wall construction.
top
§ 121.249 Cowling.
top
§ 121.251 Engine accessory section diaphragm.
top
§ 121.253 Powerplant fire protection.
top
§ 121.255 Flammable fluids.
top
§ 121.257 Shutoff means.
top
§ 121.259 Lines and fittings.
top
§ 121.261 Vent and drain lines.
top
§ 121.263 Fire-extinguishing systems.
top
§ 121.265 Fire-extinguishing agents.
top
§ 121.267 Extinguishing agent container pressure relief.
top
§ 121.269 Extinguishing agent container compartment temperature.
top
§ 121.271 Fire-extinguishing system materials.
top
§ 121.273 Fire-detector systems.
top
§ 121.275 Fire detectors.
top
§ 121.277 Protection of other airplane components against fire.
top
§ 121.279 Control of engine rotation.
top
§ 121.281 Fuel system independence.
top
§ 121.283 Induction system ice prevention.
top
§ 121.285 Carriage of cargo in passenger compartments.
top
§ 121.287 Carriage of cargo in cargo compartments.
top
§ 121.289 Landing gear: Aural warning device.
top
§ 121.291 Demonstration of emergency evacuation procedures.
top
§ 121.293 Special airworthiness requirements for nontransport category airplanes type certificated after December 31, 1964.
top
Subpart K—Instrument and Equipment Requirements
top
§ 121.301 Applicability.
top
§ 121.303 Airplane instruments and equipment.
top
§ 121.305 Flight and navigational equipment.
top
§ 121.306 Portable electronic devices.
top
§ 121.307 Engine instruments.
top
§ 121.308 Lavatory fire protection.
top
§ 121.309 Emergency equipment.
top
Minimum Number of Hand Fire Extinguishers Passenger seating accommodations: 61 through 200. 3 201 through 300 4 301 through 400 5 401 through 500 6 501 through 600 7 601 or more.... 8
§ 121.310 Additional emergency equipment.
top
§ 121.311 Seats, safety belts, and shoulder harnesses.
top
§ 121.312 Materials for compartment interiors.
top
§ 121.313 Miscellaneous equipment.
top
§ 121.314 Cargo and baggage compartments.
top
§ 121.315 Cockpit check procedure.
top
§ 121.316 Fuel tanks.
top
§ 121.317 Passenger information requirements, smoking prohibitions, and additional seat belt requirements.
top
§ 121.318 Public address system.
top
§ 121.319 Crewmember interphone system.
top
§ 121.321 [Reserved]
top
§ 121.323 Instruments and equipment for operations at night.
top
§ 121.325 Instruments and equipment for operations under IFR or over-the-top.
top
§ 121.327 Supplemental oxygen: Reciprocating engine powered airplanes.
top
§ 121.329 Supplemental oxygen for sustenance: Turbine engine powered airplanes.
top
§ 121.331 Supplemental oxygen requirements for pressurized cabin airplanes: Reciprocating engine powered airplanes.
top
§ 121.333 Supplemental oxygen for emergency descent and for first aid; turbine engine powered airplanes with pressurized cabins.
top
§ 121.335 Equipment standards.
top
§ 121.337 Protective breathing equipment.
top
§ 121.339 Emergency equipment for extended over-water operations.
top
§ 121.340 Emergency flotation means.
top
§ 121.341 Equipment for operations in icing conditions.
top
§ 121.342 Pitot heat indication systems.
top
§ 121.343 Flight recorders.
top
§ 121.344 Digital flight data recorders for transport category airplanes.
top
§ 121.344a Digital flight data recorders for 10–19 seat airplanes.
top
§ 121.345 Radio equipment.
top
§ 121.347 Radio equipment for operations under VFR over routes navigated by pilotage.
top
§ 121.349 Radio equipment for operations under VFR over routes not navigated by pilotage or for operations under IFR or over-the-top.
top
§ 121.351 Radio equipment for extended overwater operations and for certain other operations.
top
§ 121.353 Emergency equipment for operations over uninhabited terrain areas: Flag, supplemental, and certain domestic operations.
top
§ 121.354 Terrain awareness and warning system.
top
§ 121.355 Equipment for operations on which specialized means of navigation are used.
top
§ 121.356 Collision avoidance system.
top
Collision Avoidance Systems------------------------------------------------------------------------ Then you must operate that If you operate any_ airplane with_------------------------------------------------------------------------(a) Turbine-powered airplane of more (1) An appropriate class of than 33,000 pounds maximum Mode S transponder that meets certificated takeoff weight. Technical Standard Order (TSO) C-112, or a later version, and one of the following approved units: (i) TCAS II that meets TSO C- 119b (version 7.0), or takeoff weight a later version. (ii) TCAS II that meets TSO C- 119a (version 6.04A Enhanced) that was installed in that airplane before May 1, 2003. If that TCAS II version 6.04A Enhanced no longer can be repaired to TSO C-119a standards, it must be replaced with a TCAS II that meets TSO C-119b (version 7.0), or a later version. (iii) A collision avoidance system equivalent to TSO C- 119b (version 7.0), or a later version, capable of coordinating with units that meet TSO C-119a (version 6.04A Enhanced), or a later version.(b) Passenger or combination cargo/ (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C- passenger (combi) airplane that has a 118, or a later version, or passenger seat configuration of 10-30 (2) A collision avoidance seats. system equivalent to has a TSO C-118, or a later version, or (3) A collision avoidance system and Mode S transponder that meet paragraph (a)(1) of this section.(c) Piston-powered airplane of more (1) TCAS I that meets TSO C- than 33,000 pounds maximum 118, or a later version, or certificated takeoff weight. (2) A collision avoidance system equivalent to maximum TSO C-118, or a later version, or (3) A collision avoidance system and Mode S transponder that meet paragraph (a)(1) of this section.------------------------------------------------------------------------
§ 121.357 Airborne weather radar equipment requirements.
top
§ 121.358 Low-altitude windshear system equipment requirements.
top
§ 121.359 Cockpit voice recorders.
top
§ 121.360 Ground proximity warning-glide slope deviation alerting system.
top
Subpart L—Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance, and Alterations
top
§ 121.361 Applicability.
top
§ 121.363 Responsibility for airworthiness.
top
§ 121.365 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration organization.
top
§ 121.367 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations programs.
top
§ 121.368 Aging airplane inspections and records reviews.
top
§ 121.369 Manual requirements.
top
§ 121.370 Special maintenance program requirements.
top
§ 121.370a Supplemental inspections.
top
§ 121.371 Required inspection personnel.
top
§ 121.373 Continuing analysis and surveillance.
top
§ 121.375 Maintenance and preventive maintenance training program.
top
§ 121.377 Maintenance and preventive maintenance personnel duty time limitations.
top
§ 121.378 Certificate requirements.
top
§ 121.379 Authority to perform and approve maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations.
top
§ 121.380 Maintenance recording requirements.
top
§ 121.380a Transfer of maintenance records.
top
Subpart M—Airman and Crewmember Requirements
top
§ 121.381 Applicability.
top
§ 121.383 Airman: Limitations on use of services.
top
§ 121.385 Composition of flight crew.
top
§ 121.387 Flight engineer.
top
§ 121.389 Flight navigator and specialized navigation equipment.
top
§ 121.391 Flight attendants.
top
§ 121.393 Crewmember requirements at stops where passengers remain on board.
top
§ 121.395 Aircraft dispatcher: Domestic and flag operations.
top
§ 121.397 Emergency and emergency evacuation duties.
top
Subpart N—Training Program
top
§ 121.400 Applicability and terms used.
top
§ 121.401 Training program: General.
top
§ 121.402 Training program: Special rules.
top
§ 121.403 Training program: Curriculum.
top
§ 121.404 Compliance dates: Crew and dispatcher resource management training.
top
§ 121.405 Training program and revision: Initial and final approval.
top
§ 121.406 Credit for previous CRM/DRM training.
top
§ 121.407 Training program: Approval of airplane simulators and other training devices.
top
§ 121.409 Training courses using airplane simulators and other training devices.
top
§ 121.411 Qualifications: Check airmen (airplane) and check airmen (simulator).
top
§ 121.412 Qualifications: Flight instructors (airplane) and flight instructors (simulator).
top
§ 121.413 Initial and transition training and checking requirements: Check airmen (airplane), check airmen (simulator).
top
§ 121.414 Initial and transition training and checking requirements: flight instructors (airplane), flight instructors (simulator).
top
§ 121.415 Crewmember and dispatcher training requirements.
top
§ 121.417 Crewmember emergency training.
top
§ 121.418 Differences training: Crewmembers and dispatchers.
top
§ 121.419 Pilots and flight engineers: Initial, transition, and upgrade ground training.
top
§ 121.420 Flight navigators: Initial and transition ground training.
top